Bi-directional Programmable

DC Power Supply
IT-M3900C Series User Manual

Model: IT-M3900C Series

Version: V2.5/8,2024
Notices
© Itech Electronic, Co., Warranty Safety Notices
Ltd. 2024
No part of this manual The materials contained in this docu-
may be reproduced in any ment are provided “as is”, and is sub-
form or by any means (in- ject to change, without prior notice, in A CAUTION sign denotes
cluding electronic storage future editions. Further, to the maxi- a hazard. It calls attention
and retrieval or translation
mum extent permitted by applicable to an operating procedure
into a foreign language) laws, ITECH disclaims all warrants, ei- or practice that, if not cor-
without prior permission ther express or implied, with regard to rectly performed or ad-
and written consent from this manual and any information con- hered to, could result in
Itech Electronic, Co., Ltd.tained herein, including but not limited damage to the product or
as governed by interna- to the implied warranties of merchant- loss of important data. Do
tional copyright laws. ability and fitness for a particular pur- not proceed beyond a
pose. ITECH shall not be held liable CAUTION sign until the in-
Manual Part Number dicated conditions are
for errors or for incidental or indirect
damages in connection with the fur- fully understood and met.
nishing, use or application of this
document or of any information con-
Trademarks tained herein. Should ITECH and the A WARNING sign denotes
user enter into a separate written a hazard. It calls attention
Pentium is U.S. registered agreement with warranty terms cover- to an operating procedure
trademarks of Intel ing the materials in this document that or practice that, if not cor-
Corporation. conflict with these terms, the warranty rectly performed or ad-
Microsoft, Visual Studio, terms in the separate agreement shall hered to, could result in
Windows and MS Win- prevail. personal injury or death.
dows are registered Do not proceed beyond a
Technology Licenses
trademarks of Microsoft WARNING sign until the
Corporation in the United The hardware and/or software de- indicated conditions are
States and/or other coun- scribed herein are furnished under a li- fully understood and met.
tries and regions. cense and may be used or copied only
in accordance with the terms of such
license.
A NOTE sign denotes im-
Restricted Rights Legend portant hint. It calls atten-
tion to tips or
Restricted permissions of the U.S. supplementary informa-
government. Permissions for software tion that is essential for
and technical data which are author- users to refer to.
ized to the U.S. Government only in-
clude those for custom provision to
end users. ITECH follows FAR 12.211
(technical data), 12.212 (computer
software). DFARS 252.227-7015
(technical data–commercial products)
and DFARS 227.7202-3 (permissions
for commercial computer software or
computer software documents) while
providing the customized business li-
censes of software and technical data.
 IT-M3900C Series User Manual

Quality Certification and Assurance

We certify that series instrument meets all the published specifications at time
of shipment from the factory.

Warranty
ITECH warrants that the product will be free from defects in material and work-
manship under normal use for a period of one (1) year from the date of delivery
(except those described in the Limitation of Warranty below).

Visit https://www.itechate.com/en/support/register.html to complete product

registration by filling out the necessary information to extend the warranty to
two (2) years.

For warranty service or repair, the product must be returned to a service center
designated by ITECH.

• The product returned to ITECH for warranty service must be shipped PRE-
PAID. And ITECH will pay for return of the product to customer.

• If the product is returned to ITECH for warranty service from overseas, all
the freights, duties and other taxes shall be on the account of customer.

Limitation of Warranty
This Warranty will be rendered invalid in case of the following:

• Damage caused by circuit installed by customer or using customer own

products or accessories;
• Modified or repaired by customer without authorization;

• Damage caused by circuit installed by customer or not operating our prod-

ucts under designated environment;

• The product model or serial number is altered, deleted, removed or made il-
legible by customer;

• Damaged as a result of accidents, including but not limited to lightning, mois-

ture, fire, improper use or negligence.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. I

 IT-M3900C Series User Manual

Safety Symbols

Direct current ON ( power)

Alternating OFF ( power)

current

Both direct and Power-on state

alternating
current

Chassis (earth Power-off state

ground) symbol.

Earth ( ground) Reference

terminal terminal

Caution, risk of Positive terminal

electric shock

Warning ( refer to Negative terminal

this manual for
specific Warning
or Caution
information)

Caution, hot A chassis

surface terminal

Working temper- - -
ature of the
machine.

Safety Precautions
The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of opera-
tion of this instrument. Failure to comply with these precautions or specific warn-
ings elsewhere in this manual will constitute a default under safety standards of
design, manufacture and intended use of the instrument. ITECH assumes no li-
ability for the customer’s failure to comply with these precautions.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. II

 IT-M3900C Series User Manual

• Do not use the instrument if it is damaged. Before operation, check

the casing to see whether it cracks. Do not operate the instrument
in the presence of inflammable gasses, vapors or dusts.
• The instrument is provided with a power cord during delivery and
should be connected to a socket with a protective earth terminal, a
junction box or a three-phase distribution box. Before operation, be
sure that the instrument is well grounded.
• Please always use the provided cable to connect the instrument.
• Check all marks on the instrument before connecting the instru-
ment to power supply.
• Ensure the voltage fluctuation of mains supply is less than 10% of
the working voltage range in order to reduce risks of fire and elec-
tric shock.
• Do not install alternative parts on the instrument or perform any un-
authorized modification.
• Do not use the instrument if the detachable cover is removed or
loosen.
• To prevent the possibility of accidental injuries, be sure to use the
power adapter supplied by the manufacturer only.
• We do not accept responsibility for any direct or indirect financial
damage or loss of profit that might occur when using the
instrument.
• This instrument is used for industrial purposes, do not apply this
product to IT power supply system.
• Never use the instrument with a life-support system or any other
equipment subject to safety requirements.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. III

 IT-M3900C Series User Manual

• SHOCK HAZARD Ground the Instrument. This product is provided

with a protective earth terminal. To minimize shock hazard, the in-
strument must be connected to the AC mains through a grounded
power cable, with the ground wire firmly connected to an electrical
ground (safety ground) at the power outlet or distribution box. Any
interruption of the protective (grounding) conductor or disconnec-
tion of the protective earth terminal will cause a potential shock
hazard that could result in injury or death.
• Before applying power, verify that all safety precautions are taken.
All connections must be made with the instrument turned off, and
must be performed by qualified personnel who are aware of the
hazards involved. Improper actions can cause fatal injury as well as
equipment damage.
• SHOCK HAZARD, LETHAL VOLTAGES This product can output the
dangerous voltage that can cause personal injury, and the operator
must always be protected from electric shock. Ensure that the out-
put electrodes are either insulated or covered using the safety cov-
ers provided, so that no accidental contact with lethal voltages can
occur.
• Never touch cables or connections immediately after turning off the
instrument. Verify that there is no dangerous voltage on the electro-
des or sense terminals before touching them.
• After using the device, turn off the power switch of the device be-
fore unplugging the power cord or disassembling the terminals. Do
not touch the cable or the terminal immediately. Depending on the
model, the dangerous voltage at the plug or terminal is maintained
for 10 seconds after the device is switched off. Make sure that there
is no dangerous voltage before touching them.

• Failure to use the instrument as directed by the manufacturer may

render its protective features void.
• Always clean the casing with a dry cloth. Do not clean the internals.
• Make sure the vent hole is always unblocked.

Environmental Conditions
The instrument is designed for indoor use and an area with low condensation.
The table below shows the general environmental requirements for the
instrument.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. IV

 IT-M3900C Series User Manual

Environmental Conditions Requirements

Operating temperature 0°C～40°C

Operating humidity 20%～80%( non-condensation)

Storage temperature -10°C～70 °C

Altitude Operating up to 2,000 meters

Installation category II

Pollution degree Pollution degree 2

In order to ensure the accuracy of measurement, it is recommended to oper-

ate the instrument half an hour after start-up.

Regulation Tag

The CE tag shows that the product complies with the

provisions of all relevant European laws (if the year is
shown, it indicates that the year when the design is
approved).

The UKCA tag shows that the product complies with

the provisions of all relevant United Kingdom laws (if
the year is shown, it indicates that the year when the
design is approved).

The CSA mark is a registered trademark of the Cana-

dian Standards Association.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. V

 IT-M3900C Series User Manual

This instrument complies with the WEEE directive

(2002/96/EC) tag requirements. This attached product
tag shows that the electrical/electronic product cannot
be discarded in household waste.

This symbol indicates that no danger will happen or

toxic substances will not leak or cause damage in nor-
mal use within the specified period. The service life of
the product is 10 years. The product can be used
safely within the environmental protection period; oth-
erwise, the product should be put into the recycling
system.

Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment

(WEEE) Directive

Waste electrical and electronic equip-

ment (WEEE) directive, 2002/96/EC
The product complies with tag re-
quirements of the WEEE directive
(2002/96/EC). This tag indicates that
the electronic equipment cannot be
disposed of as ordinary household
waste. Product Category
According to the equipment classifi-
cation in Annex I of the WEEE direc-
tive, this instrument belongs to the
“Monitoring” product.
If you want to return the unnecessary
instrument, please contact the near-
est sales office of ITECH.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. VI

 IT-M3900C Series User Manual

Compliance Information
Complies with the essential requirements of the following applicable European
Directives, and carries the CE marking accordingly:

• Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive 2014/30/EU

• Low-Voltage Directive (Safety) 2014/35/EU

Conforms with the following product standards:

EMC Standard

IEC 61326-1 / EN 61326-1 ¹²³

Reference Standards

CISPR 11, Class A

IEC 61000-3-2

IEC 61000-3-3

IEC 61000-4-2

IEC 61000-4-3

IEC 61000-4-4

IEC 61000-4-5

IEC 61000-4-6

IEC 61000-4-11

1. The product is intended for use in non-residential/non-domestic environments. Use of the

product in residential/domestic environments may cause electromagnetic interference.

2. Connection of the instrument to a test object may produce radiations beyond the specified
limit.

3. Use high-performance shielded interface cable to ensure conformity with the EMC standards
listed above.

Safety Standard

IEC 61010-1:2010+A1:2016

This section provides general and universal terms. For more detailed infor-
mation on the Declaration of Conformity, please contact ITECH personnel.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. VII

 IT-M3900C Series User Manual

Content

Quality Certification and Assurance .................................................................................. I

Warranty ............................................................................................................................ I
Limitation of Warranty........................................................................................................ I
Safety Symbols................................................................................................................. II
Safety Precautions............................................................................................................ II
Environmental Conditions................................................................................................ IV
Regulation Tag ................................................................................................................. V
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive ....................................... VI

Compliance Information ....................................................................... VII

1 Quick Reference................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Brief Introduction...................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Front-Panel Overview .............................................................................................. 4
1.3 Keyboard Introduction.............................................................................................. 5
1.4 Push-on Knob .......................................................................................................... 8
1.5 Rear Panel Introduction ........................................................................................... 9
1.6 VFD Indicator Lamps Description .......................................................................... 10
1.7 Configuration Menu Function................................................................................. 11
1.8 System Menu Function .......................................................................................... 13
1.9 Options Introduction............................................................................................... 17
2 Inspection and Installation................................................................................................ 20
2.1 Verifying the Shipment........................................................................................... 20
2.2 Instrument Size Introduction .................................................................................. 21
2.3 Connecting the Power Cord................................................................................... 23
2.4 Connecting the Device Under Test (DUT) ............................................................. 26
2.5 Remote Interface Connection ................................................................................ 30
2.5.1 USB Interface .............................................................................................. 30
2.5.2 LAN Interface............................................................................................... 31
2.5.3 CAN Interface .............................................................................................. 35
2.5.4 GPIB Interface (Optional) ............................................................................ 36
2.5.5 RS–232 Interface (Optional)........................................................................ 37
2.5.6 EtherCAT Interface (Optional)..................................................................... 39
3 Getting Started ................................................................................................................. 41
3.1 Power-on Self-Test ................................................................................................ 41
3.2 Set Output Value.................................................................................................... 45
3.3 Use the Front Panel Menu. .................................................................................... 45
3.4 On/Off Control ........................................................................................................ 46
4 Power Supply Function .................................................................................................... 47
4.1 Set the Output Voltage........................................................................................... 47
4.2 Set the Output Current........................................................................................... 47
4.3 Set the Output Power............................................................................................. 48
4.4 Config Menu for Power Supply .............................................................................. 48
4.4.1 Set the CC/CV Priority Mode....................................................................... 49
4.4.2 Set the Internal Resistance ......................................................................... 53
4.4.3 CR Function in Sink Mode ........................................................................... 53
4.4.4 Set the Output-On/Output-Off Delay ........................................................... 54
4.5 Protection Function for Power Supply ................................................................... 54
4.5.1 Set Over-Voltage Protection (OVP) ............................................................ 57
4.5.2 Set Over-Current Protection (OCP)............................................................. 58
4.5.3 Set Over-Power Protection (OPP)............................................................... 59
4.5.4 Set Under-Current Protection (UCP)........................................................... 60
4.5.5 Set Under-Voltage Protection (UVP)........................................................... 61
4.5.6 Over-Temperature Protection (OTP)........................................................... 62

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. VIII

 IT-M3900C Series User Manual
4.5.7 Sense Reverse Protection........................................................................... 63
4.6 Function Menu for Power Supply........................................................................... 63
4.6.1 LIST Function .............................................................................................. 64
4.6.2 Battery Charging/Discharging Test Function .............................................. 70
4.6.3 Built-in Waveform Function ......................................................................... 73
4.6.4 Solar Photovoltaic Curve Simulation Function (SAS) ............................... 130
4.6.5 Battery Simulation Function ...................................................................... 135
5 Basic Operation.............................................................................................................. 142
5.1 Local/Remote Mode Switch ................................................................................. 142
5.2 Key Lock Function ............................................................................................... 142
5.3 Save and Recall Operations ................................................................................ 143
5.3.1 Save Operation.......................................................................................... 143
5.3.2 Recall Operation........................................................................................ 144
5.4 Data Logging Function......................................................................................... 144
5.5 Set the Beeper Status (Beep) .............................................................................. 147
5.6 Set the Power-on State (PowerOn) ..................................................................... 148
5.7 Sense Function (Sense) ...................................................................................... 149
5.8 Select Trigger Source (Trig Source) .................................................................... 150
5.9 Set the Communication Information (I/O Con) .................................................... 151
5.10 Set Parallel Operation Mode (Parallel) .............................................................. 152
5.11 Digital I/O Function (Digital Port) ....................................................................... 155
5.11.1 IO–1. Ps-Clear, Not-Invert....................................................................... 157
5.11.2 IO–2. Ps, Not-Invert................................................................................. 159
5.11.3 IO–3. Off-Status, Not-Invert..................................................................... 161
5.11.4 IO–4.Trig(in), Not-Invert .......................................................................... 163
5.11.5 IO–5. INH-Living, Not-Invert .................................................................... 166
5.11.6 IO–6. Sync-On, Not-Invert....................................................................... 169
5.11.7 IO–7. Sync-Off, Not-Invert....................................................................... 172
5.12 Analogue Function (Ext-Program) (Optional) .................................................... 174
5.13 View the System Information (System Info) ...................................................... 179
5.14 Restored to Factory Setting (System Reset) ..................................................... 180
5.15 System Upgrade ................................................................................................ 182
6 Technical Specification .................................................................................................. 186
6.1 Main Specification................................................................................................ 186
6.1.1 IT-M3901C-10-170 ........................................................................................... 187
6.1.2 IT-M3903C-10-340 ........................................................................................... 189
6.1.3 IT-M3905C-10-510 ........................................................................................... 192
6.1.4 IT-M3910C-10-1020 ......................................................................................... 194
6.1.5 IT-M3902C-32-80 ............................................................................................. 197
6.1.6 IT-M3904C-32-160 ........................................................................................... 200
6.1.7 IT-M3906C-32-240 ........................................................................................... 202
6.1.8 IT-M3912C-32-480 ........................................................................................... 205
6.1.9 IT-M3902C-80-40 ............................................................................................. 208
6.1.10 IT-M3904C-80-80 ........................................................................................... 210
6.1.11 IT-M3902C-85-40SAS .................................................................................... 213
6.1.12 IT-M3904C-85-80SAS .................................................................................... 216
6.1.13 IT-M3906C-85-120SAS .................................................................................. 219
6.1.14 IT-M3901C-150-25PV .................................................................................... 221
6.1.15 IT-M3903C-150-50PV .................................................................................... 224
6.1.16 IT-M3906C-80-120 ......................................................................................... 227
6.1.17 IT-M3912C-80-240 ......................................................................................... 229
6.1.18 IT-M3902C-300-20 ......................................................................................... 232
6.1.19 IT-M3904C-300-40 ......................................................................................... 235
6.1.20 IT-M3906C-300-60 ......................................................................................... 237
6.1.21 IT-M3912C-300-120 ....................................................................................... 240
6.1.22 IT-M3902C-500-12 ......................................................................................... 243
6.1.23 IT-M3904C-500-24 ......................................................................................... 245
6.1.24 IT-M3906C-500-36 ......................................................................................... 248
Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. IX
 IT-M3900C Series User Manual
6.1.25 IT-M3912C-500-72 ......................................................................................... 251
6.1.26 IT-M3902C-800-8 ........................................................................................... 253
6.1.27 IT-M3904C-800-16 ......................................................................................... 256
6.1.28 IT-M3906C-800-24 ......................................................................................... 259
6.1.29 IT-M3912C-800-48 ......................................................................................... 261
6.1.30 IT-M3906C-1500-12 ....................................................................................... 264
6.1.31 IT-M3912C-1500-24 ....................................................................................... 267
6.32 Supplemental Characteristics............................................................................ 270
7 Routine Maintenance ..................................................................................................... 271
7.1 Instrument Self-Test............................................................................................. 271
7.2 Cleaning and Maintenance .................................................................................. 271
7.3 Contact of ITECH Engineers ............................................................................... 272
7.4 Return for Repair.................................................................................................. 273
A Appendix ........................................................................................................................ 275
A.1 Specifications of Red and Black Test Cables ..................................................... 275
A.2 Troubleshooting................................................................................................... 276
A.3 Fuse Replacement .............................................................................................. 278

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. X

 Quick Reference

1 Quick Reference
This Chapter will introduce power-on check steps of this series to ensure normal
start-up and usage under initialization status of the power. Besides, to facilitate
usage, this part also displays the functions of front board, rear board and key-
board keys as well as display functions to a quick view of power appearance,
structure and key usage functions before operation.

♦ Brief Introduction
♦ Front-Panel Overview
♦ Keyboard Introduction
♦ Push-on Knob
♦ Rear Panel Introduction
♦ VFD Indicator Lamps Description
♦ Configuration Menu Function
♦ System Menu Function
♦ Options Introduction

1.1 Brief Introduction

IT-M3900 series integrates the features of a DC power supply, a bi-directional
power supply, a source and load system, and a regenerative electronic load in
one. It keeps the advantages of high power density and architecture design of
M series, power up to 6kw, current up to 510A, and voltage up to 1500V within
one 1U unit, effectively reducing the equipment occupation space and cabinet
time. wide-range models could meet different test requirements while matching
with multi-functional, high energy-saving, high-safety, and high-stability product
design, let the customer be confident to face a variety of complex testing, im-
proving the products competition ability.

IT-M3900C is a regenerative bidirectional programmable DC power supply, it is

not only a stand-alone bidirectional DC power supply but also has a feed-back
function, to absorb the consumed energy and feedback cleanly to the local grid
purpose. The high-efficiency energy feedback efficiency not only saves electric-
ity consumption and heat dissipation costs but also does not interfere with the
operation of the power grid. IT-M3900C provides high accuracy output meas-
urement, high reliability, high safety, and abundant measurement functions.
Which makes IT-M3900 meet customers' high accuracy automatic ATE testing
requirements, while extensively used in aspects of automotive electronics, new
energy vehicles, photovoltaic energy storage, intelligent industrial equipment,
battery simulation, etc.

FEATURE

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 1

 Quick Reference

• Compact design, power up to 6kW in 1U space, power up to 12kW in 2U

space

• Voltage range: 10-1500V

• Current range:-720A~1020A

• Power range:+/-12kW
• Wide range of output design, one unit can be used as multiple power
supplies
• Bidirectional energy flow between the DUT and grid, seamless switching
across quadrants

• Master/slave parallel connection, keep good performance while power

extension*1

• Efficient and environmentally friendly energy regenerative, effectively reduc-

ing the electricity and cooling costs

• CC/CV priority
• Adjustable output impedance

• Battery charging and discharging test

• Battery simulation, define the battery model

• Dynamic curve simulation function up to 10,000,000 points

• Built-in voltage curves comply with LV123, LV148, DIN40839, ISO-16750-2,

SAEJ1113-11, LV124 and ISO21848 automotive standards *2
• Support photovoltaic I-V curves simulation function *3

• List function

• Support CC/CV/ CW/CR in sink mode

• Support CC/CV/CW in Source mode, and can simulate DC output internal
resistance

• Multiple protection functions: OVP, ±OCP, ±OPP, OTP

• Automatic detection of power grid status to realize reliable grid connection

function
• Standard build-in USB/CAN/LAN/digital IO communication interface, option-
al GPIB/Analog & RS232

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 2

 Quick Reference

• *1 Parallel connection is not recommended under the PV simulation function of

SAS/PV models.

• *2 Not available for 10V models.

• *3 Available for 85V and 150V models.

Voltage Model Current Power Height

Level

IT-M3901C-10-170 170A 1.7kW 1U

IT-M3903C-10-340 340A 3.4kW 1U

10V
IT-M3905C-10-510 510A 5.1kW 1U

IT-M3910C-10-1020 1020A 10.2kW 2U

IT-M3902C-32-80 80A 2kW 1U

IT-M3904C-32-160 160A 4kW 1U

32V
IT-M3906C-32-240 240A 6kW 1U

IT-M3912C-32-480 480A 12kW 2U

IT-M3902C-80-40 40A 2kW 1U

IT-M3904C-80-80 80A 4kW 1U

80V
IT-M3906C-80-120 120A 6kW 1U

IT-M3912C-80-240 240A 12kW 2U

IT-M3902C-300-20 20A 2kW 1U

IT-M3904C-300-40 40A 4kW 1U

300V
IT-M3906C-300-60 60A 6kW 1U

IT-M3912C-300-120 120A 12kW 2U

IT-M3902C-500-12 12A 2kW 1U

IT-M3904C-500-24 24A 4kW 1U

500V
IT-M3906C-500-36 36A 6kW 1U

IT-M3912C-500-72 72A 12kW 2U

IT-M3902C-800-8 8A 2kW 1U

IT-M3904C-800-16 16A 4kW 1U

800V
IT-M3906C-800-24 24A 6kW 1U

IT-M3912C-800-48 48A 12kW 2U

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 3

 Quick Reference

Voltage Model Current Power Height

Level

IT-M3906C-1500-12 12A 6kW 1U

1500V
IT-M3912C-1500-24 24A 12kW 2U

IT-M3900C SAS/PV photovoltaic simulation models are listed below, and PV

models come standard with photovoltaic software.

Voltage Model Current Power Height

Level

IT-M3902C-85-40 40A 2kW 1U

SAS

IT-M3904C-85-80 80A 4kW 1U

85V
SAS

IT-M3906C-85-120 120A 6kW 1U

SAS

IT-M3901C-150-25PV 25A 1.5kW 1U

150V
IT-M3903C-150-50PV 50A 3kW 1U

• Naming rules for each series of model are as follows: IT-M39XXC-YYY-ZZZ,

wherein, XX means rated power; YYY means rated voltage; and ZZZ means
rated current.

• As a bidirectional power supply, this series can output and absorb electric en-
ergy. The current and power input capacity is same as the output capacity. For
example, the maximum rated value of the output power of the IT3906C-80-120
model is 6000W, and the maximum rated value of input power is also 6,000W.

• The above model is permanently connected, Equipment Class I, Pollution De-

gree 2, Installation Category II.

• Mode of operation: Continuous.

1.2 Front-Panel Overview

The front panel of this series of instruments is shown in the figure below.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 4

 Quick Reference

1U Model

1 Power On/Off switch 5 Numeric and composite keys

2 USB storage device connec- 6 Push-on knob
tion port 7 Left, and right cursor navigation keys
3 Vacuum fluorescent display
(VFD)
4 Function and composite keys

2U Model

1 Power On/Off switch 5 Numeric and composite keys

2 USB storage device connec- 6 Up, down, left, and right cursor navigation
tion port keys and Enter key
3 Vacuum fluorescent display 7 Push-on knob
(VFD)
4 Function and composite keys

1.3 Keyboard Introduction

The keyboard introduction of this series instrument is shown as follows.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 5

 Quick Reference

1U Model

2U Model

Keys Description

[Shift] Composite key, combined with other keys to realize functions

marked above keys.

[On/Off] Turn the power supply output on or off. When lit, indicates
that the output is enabled or on.

[V-set] Set the output voltage value

In CV priority (default) mode, press [V-set], the interface

displays “Vs=0.00V” (Setting value of voltage). In CC pri-
ority mode, press [V-set], the interface displays “Vh=
0.00V” (Upper limit of voltage), and press [V-set] again,
the interface displays “Vl=0.00V” (Lower limit of voltage).

[I-set] Set the output current value

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 6

 Quick Reference

Keys Description

In CV priority (default) mode, press [I-set], the interface

displays “I+=0.00A” (Upper limit of current) , and press
[I-set] again, the interface displays “I-= – 0.00 A” (Lower
limit of current). In CC priority mode, press [I-set], the in-
terface displays “Is=0.00A” (Setting value of current).

[P-set] Set the output power value

Press [P-set], the interface displays “P+=0.00W” (Upper

limit of power) , and press [P-set] again, the interface
displays “P- = – 0.00W” (Lower limit of power) .

[Recall] Returns the instrument to the specified setup.

[Enter] Operation confirmation key

[Esc] Press this key to exit the current operation interface.

[0]-[9] Numeric keys

+/– Positive and negative signs

. Decimal point

Left / Right The left and right navigation keys are used to adjust the cur-
navigation sor to the specified position or scrolls pages to view menu
keys items.

Composite key [Shift], combined with other keys to realize functions marked
above keys. The detailed functions are listed as follows.

The [Shift]+[XXX](YYY) combination key form identified in this document re-

fers to pressing [Shift] button first, then press the [XXX] button, please pay
attention to the sequence.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 7

 Quick Reference

Keys Description

[Shift]+[Protect] Short circuit function key

(Short)

[Shift]+[On/Off] Generate a local trigger signal.

(Trigger)

[Shift]+[V-set] Enter to Configuration menu.

(Config)

[Shift]+[I-set] Enter the Function menu.

(Function)

[Shift]+[P-set] Enter the System menu.

(System)

[Shift]+[Recall] Save the common parameter settings.

(Save)

[Shift]+[1] (Log) Enter the data logging function menu.

[Shift]+[2] (Lock) Turn the keyboard lock on or off.

[Shift]+[3] (Local) Switch remote control mode to local control mode.

1.4 Push-on Knob

This series Bi-directional Programmable DC Power Supply provides a knob on
the front panel as shown in the next figure.

The functions of the posh-on knob is described as follows.

• Adjust the value setting

• Select menu item

• Confirm the set value or the selected menu item

Adjust the Value Setting

In the value setting interface, rotate the knob clockwise to increase the set value
and anticlockwise to decrease the set value.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 8

 Quick Reference
Select Menu Item

The knob can also be used to view menu items. In the menu item display inter-
face, turning the knob clockwise indicates that the next menu item is selected,
and turning the knob anticlockwise indicates that the previous menu item is
selected.

Confirm settings

After completing the value setting or selecting a menu item, pushing the knob
acts like pressing [Enter] key to confirm the operation.

1.5 Rear Panel Introduction

The rear panel of the of the this series model (after removing the protective cov-
er) is shown below.

1U Models

2U Models

1. Sense terminals (Vs+, Vs-)

2. DC output terminals of the power supply
3. Interface for optional accessories IT-E176 and IT-E177 (For details, see 1.9
Options Introduction)
4. Digital I/O interface: P-IO
5. LAN communication interface
6. CAN communication interface
7. USB communication interface
8. Communication interface of outer ring optical fiber (TX and RX)

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 9

 Quick Reference

This interface is used for the parallel connection between the units for the
communication of units in parallel.
9. AC power input terminals (L1, L2, L3, and PE)

1.6 VFD Indicator Lamps Description

This series instrument VFD indicator lamps description is as follows:

Table 1–1 VFD Indicator Lamps Description

Flag Function Flag Function Description

Description

OFF The output of the Sense Sense function of the power

power supply is supply is enabled.
turned off.

CV The power supply is Rear Analog function begin to

in a state of con- work.
stant voltage
output.

CC The power supply is Addr When received command

in a state of con- successfully, the flag will
stant current output. display 3 seconds.

* The keyboard lock Rmt Indicates that the instrument

is turned on. is working in remote control
mode.

CR The power supply Error Error occur

(Sink) is in constant
resistance state.

Shift Using composite Prot The instrument enters the

function key protection state.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 10

 Quick Reference

Flag Function Flag Function Description

Description

SRQ Indicates that the Trig The instrument is in a state

internal status re- of waiting for a trigger.
quest event occurs.

CW The power supply is Auto When the data logging func-

in a state of con- tion is enabled, the 'Auto'
stant power output. character is displayed.
When the data logging func-
tion is running, the 'Auto'
character blinks.

1.7 Configuration Menu Function

This section gives an overview of the configuration menu of the this series
instrument.

The procedures to operate the configuration menu are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[V-set] (Config) on the front panel to enter
the configuration menu.

The VFD shows configuration menu items and each menu item is marked
with a number. The user can use knob to scroll pages to view the other menu
items.

2. Press [Enter] to select the desired menu item.

Enter the parameter setting interface of this menu item.

3. After finishing the menu setting, press [Enter] key to save the setting.

Press [Esc] key to return to the previous menu level.

The descriptions of configuration menu of the power supply are listed in the ta-
ble below.

Config Configuration menu of the power supply

Mode CC/CV priority mode setting

CV Constant voltage loop priority mode

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 11

 Quick Reference

Loop response
speed setting:
Speed= High/Low
high speed /
low speed

CC Constant current loop priority mode

Loop response
speed setting:
Speed= High/Low
high speed /
low speed

Displays the voltage or current rise time

setting according to the selected priority
V-Rise Time/I-Rise Time
mode. If CC priority mode is selected,
= 0.001s
the parameter setting of I-Rise Time will
be displayed here.

Displays the voltage or current fall time

setting according to the selected priority
V-Fall Time/I-Fall Time =
mode. If CC priority mode is selected,
0.001s
the parameter setting of I-Fall Time will
be displayed here.

Set the internal resistance of the power

Output Res supply. This parameter needs to be set
only when Mode is set to CV.

Set the CR function in sink mode. This

parameter needs to be set only when
Mode is selected as CC.
Sink Res • OFF: Turn off the CR function.
• ON: Turn on the CR function and set
Sink Res. Set Sink Res=0, which
means to turn off the CR function.

On Delay Set the delay time to turn on the output.

Off Delay Set the delay time to turn off the output.

Set the upper limit of the voltage (de-

fault is the rated voltage of the instru-
ment). Once the voltage upper limit is
Voltage Max
modified here, the parameters related
to the voltage setting will be limited by
the upper limit here.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 12

 Quick Reference

1.8 System Menu Function

This Chapter offers a general introduction of system menus, allowing users to
have a preliminary understanding of system functions of this series instrument.

The steps of the system menu function are as follows:

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.

At this point, the VFD screen displays the system menu items. Each menu
item has a numbering identifier. The user can use the knob for scrolling dis-
play of other menu items.

2. Press [Enter] on a menu interface to enter the setting interface.

3. After the menu items are set, press [Enter] again to save the modified
contents.

You can press [Esc] to return to the previous menu.

The description of the menu items is shown in the table below.

Beep Set the beeper state.

On Turn the beeper on.

Off Turn the beeper off.

PowerOn Set the power-on state.

When the instrument is powered on, the instrument will ini-
Reset tialize some settings and [On/Off] state.
When the instrument is powered on, the instrument will re-
Last main the same settings and [On/Off] state as last time you
turned off the instrument.
When the instrument is powered on, the instrument will re-
Last+Off main the same settings as last time you turned off the in-
strument, but the [On/Off] is OFF state.
Sense Set the sense function state.
Off Turn the sense function off.
On Turn the sense function on.
ListTrig Source Set the trigger method for the List files running.

Immediate Trigger immediately

Manual Manual trigger

Bus Bus trigger

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 13

 Quick Reference

External External trigger

DLogTrig Source Set the trigger method for the data logging.

Immediate Trigger immediately

Manual Manual trigger

Bus Bus trigger

Voltage Voltage trigger

Current Current trigger

External External trigger

I/O Set the communication information between instrument and PC.
USB USB communication interface
TMC USB-TMC protocol

VCP Virtual serial port

Display as the following format:
baud rate_data bit_parity bit_stop bit.
• Baud rate: 9600
• Data bit: 8
• Parity bit: N
• Stop bit: 1
Virtual LAN communication. After selecting
this option, you also need to set the commu-
LAN nication parameters of the LAN, and the
menu items are the same as those in the
LAN menu (see below).
LAN LAN communication interface
Info View the LAN information.
LAN Status: Down
IP Mode: Auto
IP: 0.0.0.0
Mask: 0.0.0.0
Gateway: 0.0.0.0
DNS1: 0.0.0.0
DNS2: 0.0.0.0
MAC: 8C:C8:F4:40:01:E1
MDNS Status:
HostName:
HostDesc:
Domain:
TCPIP:INSTR
Socket Port: 30000
IP-Conf Configure LAN IP information.

IP-Mode Configure LAN IP mode.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 14

 Quick Reference

Auto: automatically configure the

address of the instrument.
Manual: manually configure the
address of the instrument.
• IP: 0.0.0.0
Set the IP address.
• Mask: 0.0.0.0
Set the subnet mask.
• Gateway: 0.0.0.0
Set the gateway address.
• DNS1: 0.0.0.0
Set the preferred address of
the DNS server. If it is not in-
volved, there is no need to set
it.
• DNS2: 0.0.0.0
Set the DNS server alternate
address. If it is not involved,
there is no need to set it.
• Socket Port: 30000
Set the port number.
Select whether to reset the LAN to the default
settings or not.
Restore • NO
• YES
Select whether to confirm the LAN setting or
not.
Reset • NO
• YES
CAN CAN communication interface.
Select the baud rate from the following op-
Baudrate tions: 5k/10k/20k/40k/50k/80k/100k/125k/
200k/250k/400k/500k/600k/800k/1000k.
Set the instrument address to a number from
Address
0 to 127.
• Canfestival: Use standard can protocol.
Protocol • BMS: Use the protocol for docking with
the BMS system.
Select the optional communication interface. After inserting
BOARD the optional interface, it can be used normally.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 15

 Quick Reference

GPIB Select GPIB communication interface.

Set the communication address
Address (1 to 30).
ECAT Select ECAT communication interface.
RS232 Select RS-232 communication interface.
Display Baud rate: 4800/9600/19200/38400/57600/
Baudrate
RS232 ac- 115200
cording to op-
tional inter- Databit Data bit: 5/6/7/8
face. In Parity bit: N (No parity) / E (Even parity) / O
addition, Parity
(Odd parity)
RS232 inter-
face and the Stopbit Stop bit: 1/2
analog inter-
face share an Address (1 to 31).
interface Addr
position.

Parallel Set the instruments to parallel operation mode.

Set the instrument to single mode, i.e., disable the parallel
Single
operation mode.
Master Set the instrument to master mode.
Total Unit Number of parallel instruments.
Slave Set the instrument to slave mode.
Set Digital I/O
By default, the menu item displays 7 options. You can set parameters for
each option respectively. After setting, the corresponding change to each
Digital Port
option becomes valid immediately. When re-entering DigPort, the interface
can display the changed option. For detailed introduction of menus and func-
tions, see 5.11 Digital I/O Function (Digital Port).
IO-1. Ps-Clear, Not-Invert Function setting of pin 1
IO-2. Ps, Not-Invert Function setting of pin 2
IO-3. Off-Status, Not-Invert Function setting of pin 3
IO-4. Ext-Trig, Not-Invert Function setting of pin 4
IO-5. INH-Living, Not-Invert Function setting of pin 5
IO-6. Sync-On, Not-Invert Function setting of pin 6
IO-7. Sync-Off, Not-Invert Function setting of pin 7
External Analog Function. This function is optional. The menu can only dis-
Ext-Program play when corresponding board card is inserted. For details, see 5.12 Ana-
logue Function (Ext-Program) (Optional).
System Reset Select whether to restore the factory default settings or not.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 16

 Quick Reference

Used to control whether the voltage is quickly zeroed after the output is
turned off.
System Rzero • Off: No
• On: Yes
View the system information. For details, see 5.13 View the System Informa-
System Info
tion (System Info).

1.9 Options Introduction

This series instrument supports the following types of optional accessories (sold
separately), the details are as below:

• Optional interface card

– IT-E176: Interface card for GPIB communication. When users need to

use GPIB communication, they can choose to purchase this accessory.

For details, see 2.5.4 GPIB Interface (Optional).

– IT-E1601-black: Interface card for EtherCAT communication. When

users need to use EtherCAT communication, they can choose to pur-
chase this accessory.

For details, see 2.5.6 EtherCAT Interface (Optional).

– IT-E177: Interface card that includes RS-232 communication interface,

external analog and other functions.

The accessory has a total of 10 pins, and the details of each pin are as
follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 17

 Quick Reference

Pins Description

1 RS-232 TXD pin for transmitting data.

2 RS-232 RXD pin for receiving data.

3 RS-232 DGND pin for grounding.

4 Ground terminal, that is, the negative terminal of pin 5 to pin

10.

5 Voltage monitoring terminal. It can output a voltage of 0 to

10V to monitor the output voltage from 0 to full scale.

6 Current monitoring terminal.

It can output a voltage of –10V to 10V to monitor the output
current from negative full scale to positive full scale.

7 Reference voltage (10V) test terminal. The accuracy is

0.03%. You can use a multimeter to measure this pin. When
the output voltage of the pin is in the range of 10±0.03%*10, it
indicates that the accessory is functioning normally. Other-
wise, the function is abnormal and cannot be used.

8/9/ Terminals for external analog function. For details, see 5.12
10 Analogue Function (Ext-Program) (Optional).

• Fiber optic modules and cables

Fiber optic modules and cables are used for data transmission and commu-
nication between parallel units, and are highly resistant to interference. The
fiber optic module and cable are the necessary accessories for the parallel
connection. Different numbers of fiber optic modules and cables are used in
different numbers of parallels.

IT-E168: Used for parallel connection between the units, including one fiber
module and two fiber cables, with lengths of 1.5 meters and 0.3 meters.

• IT-E165A: Anti-reverse connection and anti-spark module

It is suitable for battery products. This module can be selected to avoid

sparking and reverse connection during battery wiring.

• IT-E165B: Anti electromotive force module

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 18
 Quick Reference

It is suitable for motor products, which can prevent the electromotive force
generated during the operation of the motor from damaging the power sup-
ply products.

• Cabinet installation

This series instruments can be mounted on a standard 19-inch cabinet.

ITECH has prepared a special bracket for the user as a mounting kit.

– IT-E155A+IT-E155C: Select this mounting kit when mounting a 1U in-

strument to an ITECH cabinet. Please refer to 《IT-E155 User Manual 》
for detailed description about the installation method.

– IT-E155A+IT-E155B: Select this mounting kit when mounting 1U instru-

ments to other cabinets. Please refer to 《IT-E155 User Manual 》for de-
tailed description about the installation method.

– IT-E156: Select this mounting kit when the 2U instrument is mounted to

the cabinet.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 19

 Inspection and Installation

2 Inspection and Installation

♦ Verifying the Shipment
♦ Instrument Size Introduction
♦ Connecting the Power Cord
♦ Connecting the Device Under Test (DUT)
♦ Remote Interface Connection

2.1 Verifying the Shipment

Unpack the box and check the contents before operating the instrument. If
wrong items have been delivered, if items are missing, or if there is a defect with
the appearance of the items, contact the dealer from which you purchased the
instrument immediately.

The package contents include:

Item Qty. Model Remarks

Bi-directional Pro- x1 IT-M3900C For the specific models in-

grammable DC Power Series cluded in this series, refer
Supply to 1.1 Brief Introduction.

Power cord x1 - Depending on the instru-

ment model.
For details, see 2.3 Con-
necting the Power Cord.

USB communication x1 - This accessory is se-

cable lected when the USB in-
terface is used for starting
up remote operation.

LAN communication x1 - This accessory is se-

cable lected when the LAN in-
terface is used for starting
up remote operation.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 20

 Inspection and Installation

Item Qty. Model Remarks

Calibration Report x1 - It contains the test report

and calibration report of
the instrument before
delivery.

SAS1000M Software - - Obtained from delivery U

disk. This accessory is in-
cluded as standard only
with 150V PV models.

Upon verification of the shipment, keep the package and relevant contents
thereof in a safe place. When returning the instrument for warranty service or
repair, the specified packing requirements shall be met.

2.2 Instrument Size Introduction

The instrument should be installed at well-ventilated and rational-sized space.
Please select appropriate space for installation based on the instrument size.

The detailed dimension drawings of this series instrument are as follows (unit:
mm, deviation: ±1 mm):

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 21

 Inspection and Installation

1U Models

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 22

 Inspection and Installation

2U Models

2.3 Connecting the Power Cord

Precautions

To prevent electric shock and damage to the instrument, observe the following
precautions.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 23

 Inspection and Installation

• Before connecting power cord, be sure to confirm that the power

voltage matches with the rated input voltage of the instrument.
• Before connecting power cord, be sure to switch off the instrument.
Verify that there is no dangerous voltage on the connection
terminals.
• To avoid fire or electric shock, make sure to use the power cord
supplied by ITECH.
• Be sure to connect the power cord to the AC distribution box with
protective grounding. Do not use terminal board without protective
grounding.
• Do not use an extended power cord without protective grounding,
otherwise the protection function will fail.
• Be sure to perform related operations and connections to feed en-
ergy back to local grid purpose in accordance with related regula-
tions, and meet all necessary conditions.
• Ensure that the power cord connection terminals are either insu-
lated or covered by the supplied protective cover so that no acci-
dental contact with lethal voltage can occur.

Safety agency requirements dictate that there must be a way to

physically disconnect the AC mains cable from the unit. A dis-
connect device, either a switch or circuit breaker must be pro-
vided in the final installation. The disconnect device must be
close to the equipment, be easily accessible, and be marked as
the disconnect device for this equipment.

Categories of Power Cords

• Standard three-phase power input cord

The standard power cord specifications for this series instruments are div-
ided into the following types according to different regions:

The yellow-green wire is grounding wire, which is connected to the PE termi-

nal of power input on the rear panel; the others are live wires, which are

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 24

 Inspection and Installation

correspondingly connected to the L1, L2 and L3 terminals of power input on

the rear panel of the instrument.

AC Power Input Level

This series 1U models support single-phase or three-phase AC input, and 2U

models support three-phase AC input. Please refer to the corresponding specifi-
cation for the voltage level range and frequency. In addition, the Output DC
power will be derated when the instrument is AC input at a low-grade voltage.
The derating formula is as follows.

• Single-phase utility, the Output DC power limit is, P = phase voltage * maxi-
mum input current * efficiency.
• Three-phase utility, the Output DC power limit is, P = line voltage * maximum
input current * efficiency * 1.732.

Connecting the Power Cord

Wiring Diagram:
• When the 1U and 2U models are connected to three-phase power, the wir-
ing diagram is shown below.

• When the 1U model is connected to single-phase power (L/N), the wiring di-
agram is shown below.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 25

 Inspection and Installation

Operation procedures:

• For 1U/2U model, see the steps below to connect the power cable.

1. Confirm that the switch of the AC power distribution box is off.

2. Confirm that the power switch is in the OFF position and verify that there
is no dangerous voltage on the connection terminals.

3. Remove the protective cover outside the AC input terminal on the rear
panel.
4. Connect one end of the power cable’s round terminal to the AC power in-
put terminal on the instrument’s rear panel.

a. You only need to connect the red/green/yellow (or brown/black/gray)

live wires to the terminals on the rear panel, which are not required to
correspond to L1, L2 and L3 terminals one by one.

b. The yellow-green wire is grounding wire, which is connected to the

protective grounding terminal (PE).
5. Mount the protective cover back to its original position.

6. Refer to the suggestion connection diagram, connect the other end of the
power cable to the required AC distribution box.

2.4 Connecting the Device Under Test (DUT)

This section describes how to connect the test cables between the instrument
and DUT.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 26

 Inspection and Installation

Precautions

To prevent electric shock and damage to the instrument, observe the following
precautions.

• Before connecting test cables, be sure to switch off the instrument.

Power switch is in Off position, otherwise touching the output ter-
minals on the rear panel may result in personal injury or death due
to electric shock.
• To avoid electrical shock, before testing, please make sure the rat-
ing values of the testing cables, and do not measure the current
that higher than the rating value. All test cables shall be capable of
withstanding the maximum short circuit current of the instrument
without causing overheat.
• If several loads are provided, each pair of load wires shall safely
withstand the rated short circuit output current of the power supply
under full load.
• Do not short the battery when connecting or disconnecting the bat-
tery testing circuit. Short circuit may cause severe accident.
• Because the instrument can be used to sink current, hazardous vol-
tages from an external energy source such as a battery may be
present on the output terminals even with the instrument power off.
Provision must be made to disconnect the external energy source
before touching the output or sense terminals.
• Always use test cables provided by ITECH to connect the equip-
ment. If test cables from other factories are used, please confirm
the maximum current that the test cables can withstand.
• During wiring, check that the positive and negative poles of the test
cables are properly and tightly connected. Do not connect the posi-
tive pole and disconnect the negative pole.
• Ensure that the output terminals are either insulated or covered us-
ing the safety covers provided, so that no accidental contact with
lethal voltages can occur.

Specification for Test Cables

Test cables are not standard accessories for the instrument. Please select op-
tional red and black test cables for individual sales based on the maximum cur-
rent value. For specifications of test cables and maximum current values, refer
to A.1 Appendix→Specifications of Red and Black Test Lines.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 27

 Inspection and Installation

Connecting the DUT (Local Measurement)

The instrument supports two kinds of wiring methods with the DUT: local meas-
urement and remote measurement (SENSE). The default test mode is local
measurement.

The connection diagram and steps of local measurement are as follows:

1. Confirm that the power switch is in the OFF position and verify that there is
no dangerous voltage on the connection terminals.
2. Remove the output terminals cover of the power supply.
3. Loosen the screws of the output terminals and connect the red and black
test cables to the output terminals. Re-tighten the screws.
When maximum current that one test cable can withstand fails to meet the
rated current, use multiple pieces of red and black test cables. For example,
the maximum current is 1,200A, then 4 pieces of 360A red and black cables
are required.
4. Thread the red and black test cables through the output terminals cover of
the power supply and install the cover.
5. (Optional) According to the actual situation of DUT, connect the grounding
terminal on the rear panel of the instrument to the DUT to ensure the safe
grounding.
For the location information, see 1.5 Rear Panel Introduction.
6. Connect the other end of the red and black cables to the DUT. The positive
and negative poles must be properly connected and fastened when wiring.

Connecting the DUT (Remote Sensing)

Remote measurement is available for the following scenarios:

When the DUT consumes large current or the wires are too long, there is a volt-
age drop on the wires between DUT and output terminals of the power supply.
To maximize measurement accuracy, the power supply provides the remote
measurement terminals VS+ and VS- on the rear panel, which can be used to
measure the terminal voltage of the DUT.

When the power supply is used for battery testing in actual applications, the
voltage drop of the wire will lead to voltage inconsistency of both ends and

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 28

 Inspection and Installation

inconsistency of the cutoff voltage of power supply and the actual voltage of bat-
tery, resulting in inaccurate measurement.

The connection diagram and steps of remote measurement are as follows:

1. Confirm that the power switch is in the OFF position and verify that there is
no dangerous voltage on the connection terminals.
2. Refer to the wiring diagram and connect the Vs+ and Vs- with armored
twisted-pair cables.

To ensure the stability of the system, use armored twisted-pair cables be-
tween the remote sense terminals and the DUT. Pay attention to the posi-
tive and negative poles when wiring, otherwise it will damage the
instrument.
3. Remove the output terminals cover of the power supply.
4. Loosen the screws of the output terminals and connect the red and black
test cables to the output terminals. Re-tighten the screws.
When maximum current that one test cable can withstand fails to meet the
rated current, use multiple pieces of red and black test cables. For example,
the maximum current is 1,200A, then 4 pieces of 360A red and black cables
are required.
5. Thread the red and black test cables through the output terminals cover of
the power supply and install the cover.
6. (Optional) According to the actual situation of DUT, connect the grounding
terminal on the rear panel of the instrument to the DUT to ensure the safe
grounding.
For the location information, see 1.5 Rear Panel Introduction.
7. Connect the other end of the remote sense cables to the DUT.
8. Connect the other end of the red and black cables to the DUT. The positive
and negative poles must be properly connected and fastened when wiring.
9. Power on the instrument and turn on the Sense function of the instrument.
For details, see 5.7 Sense Function (Sense).

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 29

 Inspection and Installation

Never touch cables or connections immediately after turning off

the instrument at the end of the test. Lethal voltages may remain
at the output terminals after turn-off. Verify that there is no dan-
gerous voltage on the output or sense terminals before touching
them.

2.5 Remote Interface Connection

This series power supply comes standard with four communication interfaces:
USB, LAN and CAN, and supports three optional communication interfaces:
GPIB, RS-232, EtherCAT. You can choose one of them to communicate with
your computer.

When you use the remote interface to send SCPI instructions, if you use the
programming commands that involve modifying the instrument settings, such
as modifying the output voltage value, after completing the communication
connection between the instrument and the host computer, and after the
communication settings are completed, you must execute the SYST:REM
command firstly.

2.5.1 USB Interface

The USB interface is located on the rear panel of the instrument. You can con-
nect the instrument to the computer via a cable with a USB interface on both
ends (USB A-type connector on one end and USB B-type connector on the
other).

The user needs to select the USB interface type in the System menu before us-
ing the USB interface. The following types are optional.
• TMC: USB_TMC interface;

• VCP: Virtual serial port. For Win7 system, you can download IT-M3900 VCP
driver from ITECH official website or contact technical support engineer; for
Win10 system, you do not need to install VCP driver.

The operation steps to change the USB interface type in System Menu are as
follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.

2. Rotate the knob to select I/O and press [Enter].

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 30

 Inspection and Installation

3. Rotate the knob or press the Left/Right key to select USB, and press
[Enter].

4. Rotate the knob or press the Left/Right key to select the communication
method.

If you select VCP, you also need to set the baud rate and other parame-
ters of the virtual serial port, and the baud rate must be the same as the
configuration on the computer side.

2.5.2 LAN Interface

When the user connect PC through LAN interface, the following is required to
use the LAN interface. The LAN interface complies with the LXI standard.

Connect Interface

Use the following steps to quickly connect your instrument to your LAN and con-
figure it. Two typical LAN interface systems are described below: private LAN
and site LAN.
• Connect to the private LAN

A private LAN is a network in which LAN-enabled instruments and com-

puters are directly connected. They are typically small, with no centrally-
managed resources. When connected to a computer, a standard network
cable can be used to connect directly to the computer via the LAN interface.
• Connect to the site LAN

A site LAN is a local area network in which LAN-enabled instruments and

computers are connected to the network through routers, hubs, and/or
switches. They are typically large, centrally-managed networks with services
such as DHCP and DNS servers. When connected to a computer, a network
cable can be used to connect to the router, and the computer is also con-
nected to the router.

• When using one crossover cable to connect PC directly, the gateway address of
the instrument should be consistent with that of the PC, and the IP address
should be at the same network segment with the PC’s IP address.

• When the instrument and computer are connected to the router, an independent
IP address must be assigned for the instrument.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 31

 Inspection and Installation

View LAN Interface Information

The operation steps to view the LAN interface information in the System Menu
are as follows.
1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.
2. Rotate the knob to select I/O and press [Enter].
3. Press the Left/Right key to select LAN and press [Enter].
4. Press the Left/Right key to select Info and press [Enter].
5. Rotate the knob to view the LAN parameters. See the information in 1.8 Sys-
tem Menu Function for details.

Configure LAN Interface Information

The configurable parameters of this series power supply are described as

follows.

IP-Conf

• IP: This value is the Internet Protocol (IP) address of the instrument. An IP
address is required for all IP and TCP/IP communications with the instru-
ment. An IP Address consists of 4 decimal numbers separated by periods.
Each decimal number ranges from 0 through 255 with no leading zeros (for
example, 169.254.2.20).

• Mask: This value is used to enable the instrument to determine if a client IP

address is on the same local subnet. The same numbering notation applies
as for the IP Address. When a client IP address is on a different subnet, all
packets must be sent to the Default Gateway.

• Gateway: This value is the IP Address of the default gateway that allows the
instrument to communicate with systems that are not on the local subnet, as
determined by the subnet mask setting. The same numbering notation ap-
plies as for the IP Address. A value of 0.0.0.0 indicates that no default gate-
way is defined.
• DNS1: This field enters the primary address of the server. Contact your LAN
administrator for server details. The same numbering notation applies as for
the IP Address. A value of 0.0.0.0 indicates that no default server is defined.

DNS is an internet service that translates domain names into IP addresses.

It is also needed for the instrument to find and display its hostname assigned
by the network. Normally, DHCP discovers the DNS address information;
you only need to change this if DHCP is unused or not functional.

• DNS2: This field enters the secondary address of the server. Contact your
LAN administrator for server details. The same numbering notation applies

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 32

 Inspection and Installation

as for the IP Address. A value of 0.0.0.0 indicates that no default server is

defined.

• Socket Port: This value indicates the port number corresponding to the
service.

2.5.2.1 Using Web Server

The instrument has a built-in Web server for monitoring and controlling the in-
strument via a Web browser in PC. To use the Web server, connect the instru-
ment and PC over LAN interface and enter the instrument's IP address into the
address bar at the top of your PC's Web browser, you can access the front pan-
el control functions including the LAN configuration parameters.

• If you want to remotely control the instrument using the built-in web server, you
must enable the web service. See 2.5.2 LAN Interface for details.

• The format of the address entered in the address bar of the browser is http://
192.168.0.100. The specific IP address is subject to the actual instrument
settings.

The opened page is displayed as follows:

The homepage of different models are different. The actual shown page shall
be subject to the connected instrument.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 33

 Inspection and Installation

You can select different pages by clicking the buttons shown in the navigation
bar on the left side of the window. The detailed descriptions are as follows.
• Home：Web home interface, displays the model and appearance of the
instrument;
• Information: Displays the serial number of the instrument and more system
information as well as LAN configuration parameters;
• Web Control: Enables the Web control to begin controlling the instrument.
This page allows you to monitor and control the instrument;
• Manual: Go to the ITECH official website and view or download the relevant
documents.
• Upload: Performs a system upgrade.
Click CONNECT to connect the PC with the instrument, then click BROWSE
to select the system upgrade installation package (for example, itech_
3900_P.itech), and then click UPLOAD performs the upgrade operation.
After the upgrade is complete, the instrument needs to be restarted.

2.5.2.2 Using Telnet

The Telnet utility (as well as sockets), is another way to communicate with the
instrument without using I/O libraries or drivers. In all cases, you must first es-
tablish a LAN connection from your computer to the instrument as previously
described.

In an MS-DOS Command Prompt box, type “telnet hostname” where hostname

is the instrument’s hostname or IP address. Press the Enter key and you should
get a Telnet session box with a title indicating that you are connected to the in-
strument and 23 is the instrument’s telnet port. Type the SCPI commands at the
prompt.

2.5.2.3 Using Sockets

• Before using this function, you need to configure Socket Port, and
the configuration on the instrument side should be consistent with
the configuration on the PC side.
• The instruments allow any combination of up to six simultaneous
socket and telnet connections to be made.

ITECH instruments have SCPI socket services, which can be used to send and
receive SCPI commands, queries, and query responses. All commands must
be terminated with a newline for the message to be parsed. All query responses
will also be terminated with a newline.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 34

 Inspection and Installation

2.5.3 CAN Interface

The CAN interface is located on the rear panel of the instrument and is con-
nected to the computer using a CAN communication cable.

Definition of CAN Pins

The definition of CAN pins are as follows.

Pins Description

H CAN_H

L CAN_L

GND CAN_GND

CAN Configuration

The user needs to configure the CAN interface parameters in the system menu
before using the remote control. The CAN interface parameters are as follows.

Name Description

Address Range: 0 – 127

Baud rate Select the baud rate from the following options: 5k/10k/20k/
40k/50k/80k/100k/125k/200k/250k/400k/500k/600k/800k/
1000k

Protocol • DeviceNet: Use standard can protocol.

• BMS: Use the protocol for docking with the BMS
system.

The operation steps are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.

2. Rotate the knob to select I/O and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left/Right key to select CAN and press [Enter].

4. Set the baud rate, address and other parameters, press [Enter].

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 35

 Inspection and Installation

CAN Troubleshooting

If you meet some problems when communicating with PC by CAN interface,

please check the following items:

• PC and the instrument must have the same baud rate.

• Ensure you have used the correct communication cable (CAN_H, CAN_L).
Please pay attention that some cable may not have a correct internal wiring
even it is with an appropriate plug.
• The interface cable is correctly connected (CAN_H to CAN_H, CAN_L to
CAN_L).
• If the communication signal is poor or unstable, it is recommended to con-
nect a 120 Ω terminating resistance.

– The connection diagram of a single device is as below.

– The connection diagram of multiple devices is as below.

When multiple devices are connected, it is recommended to connect

the pin 8 (GND) of the P-IO terminal on the rear panel of these devi-
ces in parallel, and the communication quality will be improved in the
entire CAN network.

2.5.4 GPIB Interface (Optional)

The GPIB (IEEE-488) interface is assembled in the IT-E176 communication
board. Use a GPIB cable to connect GPIB interfaces of the instrument and PC.
Please ensure that the screws have been screwed down in order to have a full
connection.

GPIB Configuration

Each device on the GPIB (IEEE-488) interface must have a unique whole num-
ber address between 1 and 30. Your computer’s GPIB interface card address

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 36

 Inspection and Installation

must not conflict with any instrument on the interface bus. This setting is nonvo-
latile; it will not be changed by *RST.

When you purchase the interface accessory and successfully insert it into the
corresponding position on the rear panel of the instrument, the menu item for
changing the GPIB address appears in the System menu. The specific steps
are as follows:
1. Ensure that the instrument's power switch is off, that is, the instrument is in
Power Off state.
2. Insert the separately purchased GPIB interface card into the card slot on the
rear panel of the instrument.
3. Connect the instrument with the computer via the GPIB cable. After the con-
nection is successful, turn on the power switch of the instrument.
4. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.
5. Rotate the knob to select I/O and press [Enter].
6. Press the Left/Right key to select BOARD and press [Enter].
7. Press the Left/Right key to select GPIB and press [Enter].
8. Press the numeric keys to set the GPIB address and press [Enter].

2.5.5 RS–232 Interface (Optional)

The RS-232 interface shares the same communication card (IT-E177) with the
analog function.

Definition of RS-232 Pins

The definition of RS-232 pins are as follows.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 37

 Inspection and Installation

When using the RS-232 interface for communication, connect the pin 1, pin 2,
and pin 3 of the IT-E177 to the PC. The pin description is as follows:

Pins Description

1 TXD, transmit data

2 RXD, receive data

3 DGND, ground

RS–232 Configuration

When you purchase the interface accessory and successfully insert it into the
corresponding position on the rear panel of the instrument, the RS–232 menu
item will appear in the System menu. The specific steps are as follows:

1. Ensure that the instrument's power switch is off, that is, the instrument is in
Power Off state.
2. Insert the separately purchased RS–232 interface card into the card slot on
the rear panel of the instrument.
3. Connect the instrument to the computer via an RS–232 cable. After the con-
nection is successful, turn on the power switch of the instrument.

4. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.

5. Rotate the knob to select I/O and press [Enter].

6. Press the Left/Right key to select RS232 and press [Enter].

7. Set the relevant communication parameters in turn, and press [Enter].

RS-232 Troubleshooting

If you meet some problems when communicating with PC by RS-232 interface,

please check the following items:

• Check that whether the baud rate of the computer and instrument are the
same;

• Make sure the correct cable and adapter are connected. Note that internal
wiring may not be correct even if the cable has a suitable plug;

• The cable must be connected to the correct serial ports (COM1, COM2, etc)
of PC.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 38

 Inspection and Installation

2.5.6 EtherCAT Interface (Optional)

The EtherCAT interface is assembled in the IT-E1601-black communication
board. You can connect the instrument to the computer via a network cable.

EtherCAT Configuration

When you purchase the interface accessory and successfully insert it into the
corresponding position on the rear panel of the instrument, the menu item for
EtherCAT configuration appears in the System menu. The specific steps are as
follows:
1. Ensure that the instrument's power switch is off, that is, the instrument is in
Power Off state.
2. Insert the separately purchased EtherCAT interface card into the card slot
on the rear panel of the instrument.
3. Connect the instrument with the computer via the network cable. After the
connection is successful, turn on the power switch of the instrument.
4. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.
5. Rotate the knob to select I/O and press [Enter].
6. Press the Left/Right key to select BOARD and press [Enter].
7. Press the Left/Right key to select ECAT and press [Enter].
8. After making the communication setting, to ensure normal communication,
you need to restart the instrument.
9. Repeat steps 4~7 above to view the EtherCAT information.

Display Information Function

ECAT INFO
State: Initialization/Pre-opera-
1.State: Init/Preop/Safeop/Op tional/Safe-operational/
Operational.
Slave address (this address is
2.Addr: 4097 assigned to this slave by the
EtherCAT master).
Slave address alias.
3.Alias Addr: 0
Communication card hardware
4.HW Ver: 256 version number.
Communication card software
5.Soft Ver: 1 version number.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 39

 Inspection and Installation

Control code

This series of instruments provides XML configuration files and CANopen con-
trol protocol. For detailed information, please contact ITECH official support.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 40

 Getting Started

3 Getting Started
♦ Power-on Self-Test
♦ Set Output Value
♦ Use the Front Panel Menu.
♦ On/Off Control

3.1 Power-on Self-Test

Before operation, please confirm that you have fully understood the safety
instructions.

When you turn the POWER switch on for the first time after purchase, the instru-
ment starts with its factory default settings. Each time thereafter, the instrument
starts according to the setting that you selected as outlined in 5.6 Set the
Power-on State (PowerOn).

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 41

 Getting Started

Precautions

• Before connecting power cord, be sure to confirm that the power

voltage matches with the supply voltage.
• Before connecting power cord, be sure to switch off the instrument.
Verify that there is no dangerous voltage on the terminals before
touching them.
• To avoid fire or electric shock, make sure to use the power cord
supplied by ITECH.

• Be sure to connect the main power socket to the power outlet with
protective grounding. Do not use terminal board without protective
grounding.

• Do not use an extended power cord without protective grounding,

otherwise the protection function will fail.

• Be sure to perform related operations and connections to feed en-

ergy back to grid in accordance with related regulations, and meet
all necessary conditions.

• Ensure that the input electrodes are either insulated or covered us-
ing the safety covers provided, so that no accidental contact with
lethal voltages can occur.

• If you notice strange sounds, unusual odors, fire, or smoke around

or from inside the instrument, flip the POWER switch to the (O) side
to turn the instrument off, or remove the power cord plug from the
outlet. The detachable power cord may be used as an emergency
disconnecting device. Removing the power cord will disconnect
AC input power to the unit.

Power Switch Introduction

The power switch is located in the lower left corner of the front panel. The power
switch is a button, and pressing once indicates ON and pressing again indicates
OFF.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 42

 Getting Started

Turning the POWER Switch On / Off

• Turning the POWER Switch On

Check that the power cord is connected properly.
Flip the POWER switch to the ( | ) side to turn the instrument on. The front
panel display will light up after a few seconds. It may take about 30 seconds
or so for the power supply to initialize before it is ready for use.
• Turning the POWER Switch Off
Flip the POWER switch to the ( O ) side to turn the instrument off. After you
turn the POWER switch off, wait at least 10 seconds after the fan stops be-
fore you turn the POWER switch back on. Turning the instrument on too
soon after you turn it off can cause damage to the inrush current limiter cir-
cuit, as well as reduce the life of components such as the POWER switch
and the internal input fuses.

Self-Test Procedures

A successful self-test indicates that the purchased product meets delivery

standards and it is available for normal usage. Normal self-test procedures:

1. Correctly connect the power cord and power on the instrument.

The instrument starts the self-test.

2. After the instrument is self-tested normally, the VFD shows the output volt-
age, current, power and other information (CV mode).

If an error occurs during the self-test, an error message is displayed. The follow-
ing table lists the error messages you might see.

Error message Error Description

Eeprom Failure The EEPROM is damaged.

Main FrameInitializeLost The system setting data is lost.

Calibration Data Lost The factory calibration data in EE-

PROM is lost.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 43

 Getting Started

Error message Error Description

Config Data Lost The latest operation state of the in-

strument is lost.

NETWORKING… The parallel operations are abnormal

and cannot finish the networking.

FIBER MULTI MASTER Multi-master conflict

FIBER EXT UNLOCK The outer ring of the fiber is not

locked.

Exception Handling

If the instrument cannot start normally, please check and take measures by
reference to steps below.

1. Check whether the power cord is correctly connected and confirm whether
the instrument is powered.
2. Check whether the power in On. The power switch is under “|” On status.

3. Check whether the power voltage matches with the supply voltage. Please
refer to 2.3 Connecting the Power Cord to select proper AC input.

4. After multiple units are connected in parallel and powered on, the error re-
lated to the fiber-optic is indicated. Please refer to the following steps for
troubleshooting.

• FIBER MULTI MASTER: Multiple units (with panel) are connected in par-
allel, please confirm whether multiple Masters are set. Select System→-
Parallel menu to reset. There can only be one single unit as the Master,
and the other single units must be set to Slave. After the setting is com-
pleted, power off and restart each single unit.

• FIBER EXT UNLOCK: Multiple units (with panel) are connected in paral-
lel, check whether the cable connection of the fiber outer ring (TX and
RX) is closed. Then confirm that whether the System→Parallel menu is
set. There can only be one single unit as the Master, and the other single
units must be set to Slave. After the setting is completed, power off and
restart each single unit.

5. If the instrument still does not start, contact ITECH technical support
engineer.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 44

 Getting Started

3.2 Set Output Value

The voltage value, current value, power value can all be programmed. The user
can set different output parameters within the range of specifications according
to the need to satisfy a range of test requirement.

After selecting the operation mode, the interface displays the setting value
under the selected operation mode and the cursor blinks to prompt. The user
can use the following methods to set the values.

• Directly use the number keys to set the value.

• Rotate the knob to set the data in the cursor position. Rotate the knob clock-
wise to increase the set value and anticlockwise to decrease the set value.
Once the data in the cursor position increases to ten, the value will add one
to the front position automatically. and once the data in the cursor position
decreases to zero, the value will minus one from the front position automati-
cally. This provides convenience for the user to set. The knob can works with
the left or right keys. Use the left or right keys to move the cursor position.

After entering the menu interface, the knob can also be used to scroll pa-
ges to view menu items.

3.3 Use the Front Panel Menu.

The front panel provides multiple menu keys and the user can access the instru-
ment menu by using the front panel keys, including Config menu, System
menu, Protect menu and Function menu. And the user can change the related
system setting in the menu. Each menu is briefly described as follows.

• The user can set the parameters related to electrical properties in the
Config menu, including the current operation mode, slope, output delay
time, internal resistance.

• The user can set the function related to instrument system in the System
menu, including the key beeper, Sense function, power-on state, trigger
source, communication method, data logger method, digital I/O function set-
ting, parallel function, system information and so on.

• The user can set the parameters related to instrument protection function in
the Protect menu, including OCP /OVP/OPP /UCP/UVP.
• Function menu includes output list, batterycharging test function and so on.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 45

 Getting Started

The user press the complex keys to enter into the menu interface. The menu is
divided according to the function item and the corresponding operation is set in
the lowest level menu item. For example, the key beeper is set in System→-
Beep. Set the Beep item to off or on. Please refer to 1.7 Configuration Menu
Function, 1.8 System Menu Function and the corresponding chapters for de-
tailed menu description.

After entering the menu interface, the screen displays the optional menu. Rotate
the knob to view the menu items. When the number in front of the menu item is
blinking, indicates this item is selected currently. Press [Enter] key to enter the
selected menu item and press [Esc] to exit the menu.

3.4 On/Off Control

• The [On/Off] key is used to turn the output/input on or off under

normal circumstances. Even if the instrument is in control by PC or
the keyboard is locked, the [On/Off] is still valid.
• The [On/Off] key light is off and turning the output off does not
place the instrument in a safe state. Hazardous voltages may be
present on all output and guard terminals. Putting the equipment
into an output-off state does not guarantee that the outputs are
powered off if a hardware or software fault occurs. See the cautions
about connecting the test lines before connecting test lines.

You can press the [On/Off] key on the front panel to control the output status of
the power supply. If the [On/Off] key light is on, indicates that the output is
turned on. If the [On/Off] key light is off, indicates that the output is turned off.
When the output of the power supply is on, the operating status flag (CV/CC/
CW) on the VFD will be illuminated.

It is recommended that you turn on the [On/Off] after the power supply is
connected to the DUT. If the power supply has no output after the output is
turned on, check the voltage and current setting value, set the voltage and
current to a non-zero value, and then turn on the output.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 46

 Power Supply Function

4 Power Supply Function

This chapter describes the functions and features of the power supply. Divided
into the following sections:

♦ Set the Output Voltage

♦ Set the Output Current
♦ Set the Output Power
♦ Config Menu for Power Supply
♦ Protection Function for Power Supply
♦ Function Menu for Power Supply

4.1 Set the Output Voltage

In CV priority (default) mode, press [V-set], the interface displays “Vs=0.00V”
(Setting value of voltage). In CC priority mode, press [V-set], the interface dis-
plays “Vh=0.00V” (Upper limit of voltage), and press [V-set] again, the interface
displays “Vl=0.00V” (Lower limit of voltage).

The voltage setting range is from 0V to the maximum rated output voltage.
When [V-set] key is pressed, the key light is lit and the output voltage value can
be set. Press numeric keys or rotate the knob to adjust the value in the voltage
setting area indicated by the cursor. This value takes effect when you press
[Enter].

4.2 Set the Output Current

In CV priority (default) mode, press [I-set], the interface displays “I+=0.00A”
(Upper limit of current) , and press [I-set] again, the interface displays “I-= –
0.00 A” (Lower limit of current). In CC priority mode, press [I-set], the interface
displays “Is=0.00A” (Setting value of current).

The range of current settings is between the data ranges defined in the specifi-
cations. When [I-set] key is pressed, the key light is lit and the output current
value can be set. Press numeric keys or rotate the knob to adjust the value in
the current setting area indicated by the cursor. This value takes effect when
you press [Enter].

Operation method

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 47

 Power Supply Function

1. In CC priority mode, press [I-set], the interface displays “Is=0.00A” (Setting

value of current).

2. In the current input area displayed by the cursor, press [+/-], use the numeric
keys or the adjustment knob to input the current value -10A, and press
[Enter] to make this value effective.

For the bi-directional power supply, you can set the direction of the current
(output / input), that is, control the positive or negative current value by press-
ing the [+/-] key.

4.3 Set the Output Power

Press [P-set], the interface displays “P+=0.00W” (Upper limit of power) , and
press [P-set] again, the interface displays “P- = – 0.00W” (Lower limit of power)
.

The range of power settings is between the data ranges defined in the specifica-
tions. When [P-set] key is pressed, the key light is lit and the output power value
can be set. Press numeric keys or rotate the knob to adjust the value in the
power setting area indicated by the cursor. This value takes effect when you
press [Enter].

Operation method

1. Press [P-set] key, the key light is lit and the output power value can be set.
2. In the power input area displayed by the cursor, press [+/-], use the numeric
keys or the adjustment knob to enter the power value -10W, and press
[Enter] to make this value effective.

For the bi-directional power supply, you can set the direction of the power
(output / input), that is, control the positive or negative power value by press-
ing the [+/-] key.

4.4 Config Menu for Power Supply

In this chapter, the setting items under the configuration menu are described in
detail.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 48

 Power Supply Function

4.4.1 Set the CC/CV Priority Mode

CV Priority

In CV priority mode, the output is controlled by a constant-voltage feedback

loop, which maintains the output voltage at its programmed setting as long as
the load current remains within the positive or negative current limit settings. CV
priority mode is best suited for use with resistive or high impedance loads, and
loads that are sensitive to voltage overshoots. Do not use CV priority mode with
low-impedance sources such as batteries, power supplies, or large charged
capacitors.

In CV priority mode, the output voltage should be programmed to the desired

value. A positive and negative current limit value should also be set. The current
limit should always be set to a value that is greater than the actual input current
requirement of the external load. The following figure shows the CV priority op-
erating locus of the output. The area in the white quadrants shows the output as
a source (sourcing power). The area in the shaded quadrants shows the output
as a load (sinking power).

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 49

 Power Supply Function

In sink mode, there is a minimum operating voltage. The minimum operating

voltage specification data corresponding to different voltage models are as
follows.

Voltage Sink Current Minimum Operat- MOV/Vmax

Level ing Voltage （%）
(MOV)

10V -Imax 0.6V 6%

32V -Imax 0.5V 1.6%

80V -Imax 0.8V 1%

300V -Imax 3V 1%

500V -Imax 2.5V 0.5%

800V -Imax 4V 0.5%

1500V -Imax 7.5V 0.5%

The heavy solid line illustrates the locus of possible operating points as a func-
tion of output. As shown by the horizontal portion of the line, the output voltage
remains regulated at its programmed setting as long as the load current remains
within the positive or negative current limit setting. A CV status flag indicates
that the output voltage is being regulated and the output current is within its limit
settings.

Note that when the output current reaches either the positive or negative current
limit, the unit no longer operates in constant voltage mode and the output volt-
age is no longer held constant. Instead, the unit will now regulate the output cur-
rent at its current limit setting.

As shown by the vertical portions of the shaded quadrants, the output voltage
may continue to increase in the positive direction or decrease in the negative di-
rection as current is forced into or pulled out of the unit. When the output voltage
exceeds the over-voltage protection setting, the output will shut down.

CC Priority

In CC priority mode, the output is controlled by a bi-polar constant current feed-

back loop, which maintains the output source or sink current at its programmed
setting. The output current remains at its programmed setting, provided the load
voltage remains within the voltage limit setting. CC priority mode is best suited
for use with batteries, power supplies, large charged capacitors, and loads that
are sensitive to current overshoots. It minimizes current overshoots during

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 50

 Power Supply Function

programming, turn-on, and turn-off transitions and seamlessly transitions be-

tween positive and negative currents.

In CC priority mode, the output current should be programmed to the desired

positive or negative value. A positive voltage limit range should also be set. The
voltage upper limit should always be set to a value that is greater than the actual
input voltage requirement of the external load. The following figure shows the
CC priority operating locus of the output. The area in the white quadrants shows
the output as a source (sourcing power). The area in the shaded quadrants
shows the output as a load (sinking power).

In sink mode, there is a minimum operating voltage. The minimum operating

voltage specification data corresponding to different voltage models are as
follows.

Voltage Sink Current Minimum Operat- MOV/Vmax

Level ing Voltage （%）
(MOV)

10V -Imax 0.6V 6%

32V -Imax 0.5V 1.6%

80V -Imax 0.8V 1%

300V -Imax 3V 1%

500V -Imax 2.5V 0.5%

800V -Imax 4V 0.5%

1500V -Imax 7.5V 0.5%

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 51

 Power Supply Function

The heavy solid line illustrates the locus of possible operating points as a func-
tion of output. As shown by the vertical portion of the line, the output current re-
mains regulated at its programmed setting as long as the output voltage
remains within its limit setting. A CC (constant current) status flag indicates that
the output current is being regulated and the output voltage is within its limit
settings.

Note that when the output voltage reaches the upper limit, the unit no longer op-
erates in constant current mode and the output current is no longer held con-
stant. Instead, the unit will now regulate the output voltage at its voltage limit
setting.

As shown by the horizontal portion of the shaded quadrants, when the unit is
sinking power, the output current may continue to increase in the negative direc-
tion as more current is forced into the unit. This can happen when the instru-
ment is connected to an external device such as a battery, and its output
voltage is higher than the voltage limit setting of the instrument. Once the cur-
rent exceeds the built-in negative over-current limit, the output will shut down. In
such a case, it is important to set the voltage limit properly in order prevent this
protection shutdown.

How to Set

The procedures to set the output priority mode are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[V-set] (Config) on the front panel to enter
the configuration menu.
2. Select Mode and press [Enter] to enter into the setting interface.
3. Select CC or CV, and press [Enter].
Enter the setting interface of the loop response speed.
4. Select High or Low, and press [Enter].
At this point, return to the Config menu settings interface.
5. Rotate the knob to set the voltage/current rise time. When finished, press
[Enter].
6. Set the other Config menu items in the same way.
7. Set the output voltage and current value.
• CV priority
a. Press the [V-set] key on the front panel to set the output voltage val-
ue Vs.
b. Press the [I-set] key on the front panel to set the current upper limit I
+. Press [I-set] again to set the current lower limit I-, i.e. the negative
current limit value.
• CC priority
a. Press the [I-set] key on the front panel to set the output current value
Is.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 52

 Power Supply Function

b. Press the [V-set] key on the front panel to set the voltage upper limit
Vh, and press [V-set] again to set the voltage lower limit Vl.

4.4.2 Set the Internal Resistance

This series instrument provides internal resistance setting (CV priority mode on-
ly). The procedures are shown as below.
1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[V-set] (Config) on the front panel to enter
the configuration menu.
2. Rotate the knob to select Output Res and press [Enter] to confirm.
3. Set the internal resistance value and press [Enter] to confirm.

4.4.3 CR Function in Sink Mode

This series of instruments supports CR testing in sink mode, and the sink cur-
rent capability of CR is controlled by the Is setting value in CC priority mode.
The usage of this function is as follows:

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[V-set] (Config) on the front panel to enter
the configuration menu.

2. Select Mode and press [Enter].

3. Select CC and press [Enter].

Enter the setting interface of the loop response speed.

4. Select High or Low, and press [Enter].

At this point, return to the Config menu settings interface.

5. Rotate the knob to set the current rise and fall time.

6. Rotate the knob to select Sink Res and press [Enter].

7. Select On and press [Enter].

8. Set the Sink Res value and press [Enter].

If set to 0, the function is equivalent to that Sink Res is selected as OFF.

The following takes the setting of 10Ω as an example to introduce the actual
test results.

9. Set the voltage and current.

a. Press the [I-set] key on the front panel to set the output current value Is.
Take –5A as an example.

b. Press the [V-set] key on the front panel to set the voltage upper limit Vh=
20V, and press [V-set] again to set the voltage lower limit Vl=0V.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 53

 Power Supply Function

c. Set the DUT (power supply) to output 80V, 10A.

At this time, 10Ω in sink mode (according to the formula I=U/R, sink current
is 80÷10=8A), due to the limitation of Is=–5A in CC priority mode, the actual
sink current is 5A, and the instrument is working In CC mode. If Sink Res is
set to 20Ω, the sink current is 4A, which is within the limit of Is, so the instru-
ment works in CR mode at this time.

4.4.4 Set the Output-On/Output-Off Delay

You can set the output-on/output-off delay time within the range from 0.001 sec-
onds to 60 seconds.
• On Delay: Indicates from the time that a command to turn on the output is re-
ceived until the output actually turns on.
• Off Delay: Indicates from the time that a command to turn off the output is re-
ceived until the output actually turns off.

The procedures to set the output delay time are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[V-set] (Config) on the front panel to enter
the configuration menu.
2. Rotate the knob to select On Delay or Off Delay, and press [Enter] to
confirm.
3. Set the output-on/output-off delay time and press [Enter] to confirm.

4.5 Protection Function for Power Supply

This series instrument provides the general protection functions such as over-
voltage, overcurrent, overpower, undercurrent and undervoltage protection. The
corresponding protection parameters can be configured in the Protect menu. In
addition, the power supply also provides over temperature protection and Sense
reverse connection protection.

The descriptions of Protect menu are listed in the table below.

Protect Protection function menu for the power supply

OVP Overvoltage protection

Off Turn the OVP function off. (Def)

On Turn the OVP function on.

Level OVP limit

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 54

 Power Supply Function

Protection delay time,

Delay
see Protection Delay.

OCP Overcurrent protection

Off Turn the OCP function off. (Def)

On Turn the OCP function on.

Level OCP limit

Protection delay time,

Delay
see Protection Delay.

OPP Overpower protection

Off Turn the OPP function off. (Def)

On Turn the OPP function on.

Level OPP limit

Protection delay time,

Delay
see Protection Delay.

UCP Undercurrent protection

Off Turn the UCP function off. (Def)

On Turn the UCP function on.

Indicates the instrument

warm-up time. This time
is set to prevent the in-
strument from triggering
protection when the cur-
rent is rising. Because
Warm-up
this transient condition
should not be consid-
ered as an undercurrent
fault and there is no
need to trigger
protection.

Level UCP limit

Protection delay time,

Delay
see Protection Delay.

UVP Undervoltage protection

Off Turn the UVP function off. (Def)

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 55

 Power Supply Function

On Turn the UVP function on.

Indicates the instrument

warm-up time. This time
is set to prevent the in-
strument from triggering
protection when the
voltage is rising. Be-
Warm-up
cause this transient
condition should not be
considered as an
undervoltage fault and
there is no need to trig-
ger protection.

Level UVP limit

Protection delay time,

Delay
see Protection Delay.

Protection Delay

You can specify an OCP/OVP/OPP/UCP/UVP delay to prevent momentary out-

put settings and status changes from tripping the protection. In most cases
these momentary conditions would not be considered an protection fault, and
having an OCP/OVP/OPP/UCP/UVP condition disable the output when they oc-
cur would be a nuisance. Specifying an protection delay (Delay) can ignore
these momentary changes during the specified delay period. Once the delay
time has expired and the protection limit condition persists, the output will shut
down.

Protection Prompt

When the instrument enters the protection state, the buzzer sounds (if Beep
menu item is set as default state On), the VFD status indicators Prot and Off
are lit, and [On/Off] is turned off.

Although [On/Off] is turned off, there may be dangerous voltage

at the output electrodes. Do not touch the wiring cable or the
electrode terminals.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 56

 Power Supply Function

When protection is generated, the VFD screen displays the following

information:

• The first row shows the meter voltage and the meter current value.
• The left side of the second row shows the specific protection information
(such as overvoltage protection OVP), the right side shows the duration of
the protection (hour: minute: second) and the number of protection informa-
tion in the message queue and the total number of protection information.

Users can turn the page through the knob to view all the protection
information.

Clear the Protection

After the instrument triggers protection and generates a protection message,

you need to troubleshoot the possible cause. When the protection is resolved,
the VFD will still prompt the protection information. You can manually clear the
protection information record through the following methods.
• Input a pulse signal to pin 1 of the rear panel P-IO to clear the protection
information.

For details, see 5.11.1 IO–1. Ps-Clear, Not-Invert.

• Press the [Esc] or [Enter] key on the front panel to manually clear the pro-
tection information.
• Connected to the host computer, the PC sends a PROTection:CLEar com-
mand to the instrument to clear the protection information.

After the protection is cleared, you need to press the [On/Off] key on the front
panel or send the OUTPut ON command to the instrument to reopen [On/Off].

4.5.1 Set Over-Voltage Protection (OVP)

Users can enable the OVP function and set the protection limit Level and pro-
tection delay time Delay. When the voltage (i.e., the Meter value) is greater than
this protection limit and the delay time is exceeded, the power supply will enter
the OVP state.

Possible Cause

Many reasons can cause OVP, the details are as follows:

• The set protection limit Level is lower than the voltage Meter value.

• The external (AC input) inputs a higher voltage.

• The power supply outputs a high voltage due to a fault.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 57

 Power Supply Function

Please avoid inputting a external voltage higher than 120% rated

value, or the instrument will be damaged.

How to Set

The operation steps to set OVP are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Protect] on the front panel to enter the protection
menu. (1U Model)

2. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[Recall] (Protect) on the front panel to en-
ter the protection menu. (2U Model)
3. Rotate the knob to select 1. OVP (Off) and press [Enter].

4. Press the left/right key or rotate the knob to select On and press [Enter] to
enter the setting interface.

5. Set the protection limit Level and the delay time Delay in sequence, and
press [Enter] to confirm.

The VFD screen returns to the Protect menu and the OVP setting (take
150V, 1S as an example) is displayed as follows:
PROTECT
1.OVP 150V, 1S

4.5.2 Set Over-Current Protection (OCP)

Users can enable the OCP function and set the protection limit Level and pro-
tection delay time Delay. When the current (i.e., the Meter value) is greater than
this protection limit and the delay time is exceeded, the power supply will enter
the OCP state.

Possible Cause

Many reasons can cause OCP, the details are as follows:

• The set protection limit Level is lower than the current Meter value.

• The external (AC input) inputs a higher current.

• The power supply outputs a high current due to a fault.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 58

 Power Supply Function

How to Set

The operation steps to set OCP are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Protect] on the front panel to enter the protection
menu. (1U Model)

2. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[Recall] (Protect) on the front panel to en-
ter the protection menu. (2U Model)

3. Rotate the knob to select 2. OCP (Off) and press [Enter].

4. Press the left/right key or rotate the knob to select On and press [Enter] to
enter the setting interface.
5. Set the protection limit Level and the delay time Delay in sequence, and
press [Enter] to confirm.

For bi-directional power supplies, Level can be set to a positive or nega-

tive value, i.e. the same protection limit is set for the output or input
current.

The VFD screen returns to the Protect menu and the OCP setting (take 10A,
1S as an example) is displayed as follows:
PROTECT
2.OCP 10A, 1.000S

4.5.3 Set Over-Power Protection (OPP)

Users can enable the OPP function and set the protection limit Level and pro-
tection delay time Delay. When the power (i.e., the Meter value) is greater than
this protection limit and the delay time is exceeded, the power supply will enter
the OPP state.

Possible Cause

Many reasons can cause OPP, the details are as follows:

• The set protection limit Level is lower than the power Meter value.

• The power supply outputs a high power due to a fault.

How to Set

The operation steps to set OPP are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Protect] on the front panel to enter the protection
menu. (1U Model)

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 59

 Power Supply Function

2. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[Recall] (Protect) on the front panel to en-
ter the protection menu. (2U Model)

3. Rotate the knob to select 3. OPP (Off) and press [Enter].

4. Press the left/right key or rotate the knob to select On and press [Enter] to
enter the setting interface.

5. Set the protection limit Level and the delay time Delay in sequence, and
press [Enter] to confirm.

For bi-directional power supplies, Level can be set to a positive or nega-

tive value, i.e. the same protection limit is set for the output or input
power.

The VFD screen returns to the Protect menu and the OPP setting (take
0.15KW, 1S as an example) is displayed as follows:
PROTECT
3.OPP 0.15KW, 1.000S

4.5.4 Set Under-Current Protection (UCP)

Users can enable the UCP function and set the instrument warm-up time
Warm-up, protection limit Level and protection delay time Delay. When the cur-
rent (i.e., the Meter value) is lower than this protection limit and the warm-up
time, delay time are exceeded, the power supply will enter the UCP state.

Possible Cause

Many reasons can cause UCP, the details are as follows:

• The set protection limit Level is greater than the current Meter value.

• The external (AC input) inputs a lower current.

• The power supply outputs a low current due to a fault.

How to Set

The operation steps to set UCP are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Protect] on the front panel to enter the protection
menu. (1U Model)

2. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[Recall] (Protect) on the front panel to en-
ter the protection menu. (2U Model)
3. Rotate the knob to select 4. UCP (Off) and press [Enter].

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 60

 Power Supply Function

4. Press the left/right key or rotate the knob to select On and press [Enter] to
enter the setting interface.

5. Set the warm-up time Warm-up, protection limit Level and delay time Delay
in sequence, and then press [Enter] to confirm.

For bi-directional power supplies, Level can be set to a positive or nega-

tive value, i.e. the same protection limit is set for the output or input
current.

The VFD screen returns to the Protect menu and the UCP setting (take 10S,
0.1A, 1S as an example) is displayed as follows:
PROTECT
4.UCP 10S, 0.1A, 1.000S

4.5.5 Set Under-Voltage Protection (UVP)

Users can enable the UVP function and set the instrument warm-up time
Warm-up, protection limit Level and protection delay time Delay. When the
voltage (i.e., the Meter value) is lower than this protection limit and the warm-up
time, delay time are exceeded, the power supply will enter the UVP state.

Possible Cause

Many reasons can cause UVP, the details are as follows:

• The set protection limit Level is greater than the voltage Meter value.
• The external (AC input) inputs a lower voltage.

• The power supply outputs a low voltage due to a fault.

How to Set

The operation steps to set UVP are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Protect] on the front panel to enter the protection
menu. (1U Model)
2. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[Recall] (Protect) on the front panel to en-
ter the protection menu. (2U Model)

3. Rotate the knob to select 5. UVP (Off) and press [Enter].

4. Press the left/right key or rotate the knob to select On and press [Enter] to
enter the setting interface.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 61

 Power Supply Function

5. Set the warm-up time Warm-up, protection limit Level and delay time Delay
in sequence, and then press [Enter] to confirm.

The VFD screen returns to the Protect menu and the UVP setting (take 10S,
1V, 1S as an example) is displayed as follows:
PROTECT
5.UVP 10S, 1V, 1.000S

4.5.6 Over-Temperature Protection (OTP)

When internal temperature of instrument is higher than about 85 °C, the instru-
ment is under temperature protection. At this time, the instrument will automati-
cally be OFF and VFD status indicator Prot lights up and the screen prompts
OTP.

Possible Cause

To prevent damaging heat build-up and ensure specified performance, make

sure there is adequate ventilation and air flow around the instrument to ensure
proper cooling. Do not cover the ventilation holes on the rear panel, sides, or
bottom of the instrument. Even with proper ventilation, the instrument can over-
heat in the following situations.

• If the ambient temperature is too high.

• If you use the instrument to test for long periods.

How to Set

The OTP limit does not need to be set, and the internal device of the instrument
automatically detects and determines whether to enter the OTP state.

If an over-temperature condition occurs, power off the instrument and allow it to

cool for at least 30 minutes. After the internal temperature of the instrument has
cooled down, power it on again.

When you return power to the instrument, verify that the cooling
fan is running. If not, please contact ITECH Technical Support.
Leaving the instrument powered on with an inoperative cooling
fan may result in damage to the instrument.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 62

 Power Supply Function

4.5.7 Sense Reverse Protection

The instrument defaults to provide sense reverse protection. The premise is that
the Sense switch is turned on. When the output state is ON and the difference
between output terminal voltage and sense remote voltage exceeds the speci-
fied voltage, sense reverse protection will be enabled after 500ms. The instru-
ment output will be immediately switched to Off and the display screen will
display SENSE ERR if the sense terminals are reversed.

When the instrument is in Sense Reverse Protection state, you should check
whether the polarities are connected reversely or not firstly. If yes, you can re-
open the output after the polarities connect correctly.

The voltage difference between output terminal and remote sense terminal of
each model is not the same. When the remote sense terminal is connected re-
versely, the maximum voltage will not exceed the sum of output terminal voltage
and the difference voltage.

When Sense is reversed or short-circuited, the voltage meter value is dis-

played as a positive/negative value close to 0, and abnormal high voltage
output does not occur, which can avoid damage to the DUT.

4.6 Function Menu for Power Supply

The Function menu of the power supply includes the following:

Function Function Menu for Power Supply

LIST LIST program editing, file import/export, pro-

gram running (see 4.6.1 LIST Function).

BATTERY Battery charging and discharging testing

function (see 4.6.2 Battery Charging/Dis-
charging Test Function).

Road-Vehicles Built-in waveform function (see 4.6.3 Built-in

Waveform Function).

SAS PV simulation function (see 4.6.4 Solar Pho-

tovoltaic Curve Simulation Function (SAS)).

Battery Emulator Battery simulation test function (see 4.6.5

Battery Simulation Function).

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 63

 Power Supply Function

4.6.1 LIST Function

This series power supply supports a total of 10 List files (List01 to List10), each
of which can be set up to 200 steps. You need to edit the voltage/current value,
slope and time width of each step, or you can set repeat times (0 to 999999) for
each List file. After the file is edited completely, you can trigger the selected List
file to run according to the selected trigger mode.

The descriptions of list function menu are listed in the table below.

LIST List menu

Run Indicates to enter the List run mode, waiting for the trigger to
run the currently selected List file.

Open Select the List file to open.

USB Open the List file in the external USB flash disk.

Load Import the List file from the exter-

nal USB flash disk into the
instrument.

Not-Load Cancel the import operation.

Internal Open the List file stored inside the instrument.

Recall Inner Set the name of the recalled List

File file.

Export Export the internal List file of the instrument to an external

USB flash drive.

File The name of the exported list file. The default suf-
Name fix is .csv, and the file name can only be a string
of numbers.

Edit Edit list program.

CC / CV Set the operation mode for list program: CC prior-

ity or CV priority.

Step The total number of steps included in the List

Count program.

Step 1 Current value or voltage value setting for Step1.

Value (The voltage appears when CV priority is se-
lected; the current appears when CC priority is
selected.)

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 64

 Power Supply Function

Step 1 Slope value setting for Step1.

Slope

Step 1 Dwell time setting for Step1. The range is from

Width 0.001 to 21000 in seconds.

Repeat Set the number of list file repetitions.

End Set the running state after the list program is run-
State ning over.

Last After the List program finishes run-

ning, the output is kept as the set-
ting in the last step, and the
working mode remains as the set-
ting in the List file.

None: No trigger signal output.

Tout: There is a trigger signal

output.

Normal After the List program finishes run-

ning, the working mode and volt-
age/current output return to the
settings before the List running.

None: No trigger signal output.

Tout: There is a trigger signal

output.

OFF After the List program finishes run-

ning, the output of the instrument
is turned off.

None: No trigger signal output.

Tout: There is a trigger signal

output.

Save to Save the edited List program.

group

Edit List Program

The following takes CC priority mode as an example to introduce the operation

of editing two test steps.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 65

 Power Supply Function

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.

2. Select 1. LIST: Off and press [Enter].

3. Rotate the knob to select Edit and press [Enter] to enter the editing
interface.

4. Select CC and press [Enter] to confirm.

5. Set the total number of steps in the List program and press [Enter] to
confirm.
6. Set the current, slope and time width of step 1 in turn, and press [Enter] to
confirm.
7. Set the parameters of step 2 in the same method.

8. Set the number of list repetitions Repeat, and press [Enter] to confirm.
9. Set the End State as Normal, and press [Enter] to confirm.

10. Depending on the test requirement, choose whether to turn on the function
switch that triggers synchronization.

11. Set the currently edited List program name.

If you choose not to save, press [Esc] to exit the editing interface.

Import List Program

If you need to run the List program on the external USB flash drive, you need to
import the List program from the USB flash drive into the instrument.

The format of the List file in the USB flash drive must be in .csv format and
saved in the root directory of the USB flash drive. You can refer to Export List
Program to customize editing according to the List file template exported to
the USB flash drive.
The procedures are as follows:

1. Insert the USB flash drive into the front panel USB connector.

2. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.

3. Select 1. LIST: Off and press [Enter].

4. Press the Left/Right key to select Open and press [Enter].

5. Select USB and press [Enter].

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 66

 Power Supply Function

Rotate the knob, and the system will automatically read all .csv format files
in the root directory of the USB flash drive at this time. The interface is dis-
played as follows:
XXX.csv
Not-Load Load YY/ZZ
XXX indicates the name of the List file; YY indicates the serial number of the
current List file; ZZ indicates the total number of the List file.

6. Rotate the knob to select the List file.

7. Press the Left/Right key to select Load, press [Enter] to complete the im-
port, and wait for the trigger to run this List file.

At this point, the interface returns to the main interface of the system and
LIST RUN is displayed in the lower right corner.

Select Internal List Program

You can select a List file saved inside the instrument to be in the Open state
and wait for subsequent triggers to run. The procedures are as follows:

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.
2. Select 1. LIST: Off and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left/Right key to select Open and press [Enter].

4. Press the Left/Right key to select Internal and press [Enter].

5. Set the name of the List file to be recalled (that is, the file name set in Edit),
and press [Enter].

The interface returns to the main interface of the LIST function, which is dis-
played as follows:
FUNCTION LIST
Run Edit Open Export

If you select Run and press [Enter], the instrument will enter LIST mode
and wait for the trigger to run.

Export List Program

Supports exporting the internal List file to an external USB flash drive. The ex-
ported List file is saved in .csv format.

1. Insert the USB flash drive into the front panel USB connector.
2. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 67

 Power Supply Function

3. Select 1. LIST: Off and press [Enter].

4. Press the Left/Right key to select Open and press [Enter].

5. Press the Left/Right key to select Internal and press [Enter].

6. Set the name of the List file to be recalled (that is, the file name set in Edit),
and press [Enter].

The interface returns to the main interface of the LIST function, which is dis-
played as follows:
FUNCTION LIST
Run Edit Open Export

7. Press the Left/Right key to select Export and press [Enter].

8. Press the Left/Right key to select Yes and press [Enter].

9. Set the name of the List file to be exported, and press [Enter].

Indicates that the selected List file in Open is exported to the USB flash
drive.

Run the List Program

You can select a List file to execute according to your needs, so that the power
supply outputs the corresponding waveform sequence. Take the List file in
Internal as an example. The steps are as follows:
1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.
2. Select 1. LIST: Off and press [Enter].
3. Press the Left/Right key to select Open and press [Enter].
4. Press the Left/Right key to select Internal and press [Enter].
5. Set the name of the List file to be recalled (that is, the file name set in Edit),
and press [Enter].
The interface returns to the main interface of the LIST function, which is dis-
played as follows:
FUNCTION LIST
Run Edit Open Export
6. Press the Left/Right key to select Run and press [Enter].
At this point, the interface returns to the main interface of the system and
LIST RUN is displayed in the lower right corner.
7. Turn on the [On/Off].
8. Based on the selected trigger method, perform the trigger operation.
Take the manual trigger as an example. Press [Shift]+[On/Off](Trigger) on
the front panel to run the selected List file. For details about the List trigger
method, see 5.8 Select Trigger Source (Trig Source).

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 68

 Power Supply Function

• The system will adjust the working mode of the power supply according to
the CC or CV priority mode set in the List file. For example, if the current
power supply is in the CV priority mode, and the list file to be run is set to the
CC priority mode, then the power supply will work in the CC priority mode
after the List file is triggered to run.

• After the List file finishes running, the system determines whether to return
to the working mode before the List is run according to the Normal, Last or
Off option you selected.

Stop Running the List Program

When the List program is running, if you need to stop running, you can do the
following: Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel
to enter the function menu.

At this point, the interface will prompt whether to stop the running of the Func-
tion, you can press the Left/Right key to select Stop, then the running will be
stopped, and the Function menu item will be displayed, you can re-enter the
Function menu for editing; if Reset is selected, it means to stop the present run-
ning and return to the main interface to wait for the next trigger operation; if
Pause is selected, it means that the present running is suspended, and you can
continue to run by selecting Resume.

4.6.1.1 ARB Function

This series of instruments comes standard with ARB (arbitrary waveform) func-
tion, which allows the output of user-defined arbitrary complex voltage or current
waveforms. It can be operated in the following ways:
• Import via U disk

The instrument supports importing the edited .csv format file (the template
can be downloaded from ITECH official website or contact ITECH to obtain)
through the USB interface on the front panel, and generating voltage or cur-
rent values after parsing, and then outputting complex voltage or current
waveforms according to the time width specified by the user. The user can
edit a .csv file containing up to 10 million voltage or current points and import
it into the instrument for running to realize arbitrary waveform output or work-
ing condition simulation. The instrument has the ability to quickly parse data.
A .csv file of dozens of megabytes can be imported and parsed within 5S,
making testing more convenient and efficient.

This instrument supports importing the .csv files corresponding to the follow-
ing waveforms:

– CDWELL: Constant dwell arbitrary waveform

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 69

 Power Supply Function

– List: User-defined waveform

– Sine: Sine wave

– Sweep: Sweep wave

The steps are as follows:

1. Edit the .csv file corresponding to the template on the PC and save it.

2. Save the edited file in the root directory of the U disk.

3. Insert the U disk into the front panel of the instrument.

4. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to
enter the function menu.

5. Select the 1. LIST: Off and press [Enter].

6. Press left/right key to select Open and press [Enter].

7. Select the USB and press [Enter].

Rotate the knob, and the system will automatically read all .csv format
files in the root directory of the USB flash drive at this time. The interface
is displayed as follows:
XXX.csv
Not-Load Load YY/ZZ
XXX indicates the name of the List file; YY indicates the serial number of
the current List file; ZZ indicates the total number of the List file.

8. Rotate the knob to select the file.

9. Press the Left/Right key to select Load, press [Enter] to complete the
import, and wait for the trigger to run this file.

10. Turn on the [On/Off].

11. Based on the selected trigger method, perform the trigger operation.
• Programming via SCPI instructions

For detailed instructions and parameter introduction, please refer to the in-
structions of "ARB Subsystem" in the Programming Guide.
• Realized by the software IT9000 on PC

For detailed function usage, please refer to IT9000–PV3900 User Manual.

4.6.2 Battery Charging/Discharging Test Function

This series power supply provides the battery charging/discharging test function
based on its unique bidirectional power supply properties. Suitable for charging/
discharging tests on all types of portable batteries.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 70

 Power Supply Function

• When connecting the DUT (battery/capacitor), do not short-circuit

the battery/capacitor.
• When connecting the DUT (battery/capacitor), it is recommended
that you purchase the IT-E165A anti-reverse connection and anti-
spark module to prevent the battery/capacitor reverse connection
that may cause damage to the instrument and spark during the bat-
tery/capacitor wiring; When there is no external auxiliary equipment
connected to prevent reverse connection and anti-spark function,
please pay attention to the safety of the wiring, and be careful not
to reverse the battery/capacitor connection, reverse connection will
cause damage to the instrument.
• Before performing the battery test, you need to connect the Sense
cables to both ends of the battery. If the Sense cables are not con-
nected, the instrument cannot detect the Sense voltage and prompt
“Wait Power Link”, which will prevent the battery test from
continuing.

BATTERY Battery charging/discharging test function

Indicates that the battery test mode is entered and

Run waits to trigger the running of the currently edited bat-
tery test file.

Edit Edit the battery charging/discharging test file.

Set the test mode:

• Charge: Battery charging
Charge / • Discharge: Battery
Discharge discharging
According to the test require-
ments, choose one to set.

Set the voltage

Charge / value for charging
Discharge or discharging ac-
V cording to the se-
lected test mode.

Set the current val-

Charge /
ue for charging or
Discharge I
discharging

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 71

 Power Supply Function

according to the
selected test
mode.

Set the charging

Charge / or discharging
Discharge time according to
Time the selected test
mode.

Cut Off Voltage Battery test cut-off voltage

Cut Off Current Battery test cut-off current

Cut Off Capacity Battery test cut-off capacity

This instrument supports battery discharge test in constant current and con-
stant power modes. If the user wants to discharge in constant current mode,
enter the Config menu, select the CC priority, set Vl to 0, set Vh to the rated
voltage value of the instrument, set P- to the rated power value of the instru-
ment, and then set the Battery menu according to the test requirements. If
the user wants to discharge in constant power mode, set P- to the specified
value, and set Discharge V and Discharge I to the rated voltage and current
value of the instrument.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.

2. Use knob to select 2.BATTERY: Off and press [Enter].

The interface is displayed as follows:

FUNCTION BATTERY
Run Edit

3. Press the Left/Right key to select Edit and press [Enter].

4. Press the Left/Right key to select Charge or Discharge and press [Enter].

5. Set the charging voltage (Charge V) or discharging voltage (Discharge V),

charging current (Charge I) or discharging current (Discharge I) and the
other parameters, and then press [Enter] to confirm.

After the parameter setting is completed, the interface returns to the Battery
function main interface and displays as follows:
FUNCTION BATTERY
Run Edit

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 72

 Power Supply Function

6. Press the Left/Right key to select Run and press [Enter] to run the battery
test.

This product supports Sense anti-reverse function. If you reverse the

Sense cables, the VFD will display a negative voltage value, and you can-
not turn on the output at this time. It can only be turned on after the cables
are properly connected.

7. Based on the selected trigger method, perform the trigger operation.

The trigger method of the battery test is consistent with the trigger method
of the List function, that is, the List trigger source is also effective for the
Battery function.

If you want to stop running during the battery test, you can do the following:
Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to enter
the function menu.

At this point, the interface will prompt whether to stop the running of the Func-
tion, you can press the Left/Right key to select Stop, then the running will be
stopped, and the Function menu item will be displayed, you can re-enter the
Function menu for editing; if Reset is selected, it means that it will not stop run-
ning, it will return to the main interface, and run Battery again.

4.6.3 Built-in Waveform Function

This series power supply supports built-in waveforms for user to execute the
test directly. The protocols/standards involved in the built-in waveforms include
the following:

• DIN40839
• ISO16750-2

• ISO21848

• SAEJ1113–11
• LV123

• LV124
• LV148

• ISO21780

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 73

 Power Supply Function

This series 10V models do not support built-in waveform function.

The following is a general overview of this function menu, and the detailed pa-
rameters of the waveform corresponding to each protocol/standard can be
found in the corresponding chapter.

If there is a waveform parameter related to setting the voltage val-

ue, when the upper limit of the voltage setting defined in the reg-
ulation exceeds the rated voltage of the instrument, the rated
voltage of the instrument is set as the upper limit. Otherwise, the
output waveform may be distorted.

Road- Vehicle waveform function menu

Vehicles

Evaluation of automotive starting

DIN40839
waveform

Simulate the waveform to verify the

anti-interference performance of the au-
ISO16750-2 tomotive electronics’ products.

ISO21848 42V Road vehicles — Electrical and

electronic equipment for a supply volt-
age of 42 V — Electrical loads

SAEJ1113-11 SAEJ1113-11 Waveform protocol

LV123 LV123 Waveform protocol

LV124 LV124 Waveform protocol

LV148 LV148 Waveform protocol

ISO21780 ISO21780 Waveform protocol

Recall the Vehicle Waveform

Select any of the above five kinds of vehicle waveforms, after completing the
waveform parameter setting (see the subsequent introduction for each parame-
ter), the system will automatically enter the waveform recalling mode and wait
for the triggering operation. At this time, the VFD screen is displayed as the

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 74

 Power Supply Function

main interface of the system, and the corresponding waveform name is dis-
played in the lower right corner.

Run the Vehicle Waveform

After turning on [On/Off], the output of the vehicle waveform is triggered accord-
ing to the selected trigger method.

The trigger method of the vehicle waveform is consistent with the trigger
method of the List function, that is, the List trigger source is also effective for
the vehicle waveform.

Stop the Vehicle Waveform Running

If you want to stop during the vehicle waveform output, you can do the following:
Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to enter
the function menu.

At this point, the interface will prompt whether to stop the running of the Func-
tion, you can press the Left/Right key to select Stop, then the running will be
stopped, and the Function menu item will be displayed, you can re-enter the
Function menu for editing; if Reset is selected, it means to stop the present run-
ning and return to the main interface to wait for the next trigger operation; if
Pause is selected, it means that the present running is suspended, and you can
continue to run by selecting Resume.

4.6.3.1 Automotive Starting Waveform

This series power supply has built-in 12V or 24V DIN40839 waveform. This test
verifies the behavior of a DUT during and after cranking. This waveform can re-
produce the voltage curve for automotive power network confirms to DIN40839
standard, thus facilitating quick call by customers.

For automotive startup voltage waveform, the startup voltage can also be set
based on customers’ requirements. In this way, the user can create waveform
between 8V to 32V.

Evaluation of automotive starting

DIN40839
waveform

Select the automotive

starting waveform with
12V
a starting voltage of
12V.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 75

 Power Supply Function

Select the automotive

starting waveform with
24V
a starting voltage of
24V.

The user customizes

the starting voltage of
User-defined
the automotive starting
waveform.

User-de-
V=8.00V fined volt-
age value

DIN40839 for 12V System

Steps Voltage (V) Current(A) Width(mS) Slope(mS)

1 4.5 60 15 5

2 6 60 2000 5

3 12 60 T 10

DIN40839 for 24V System

Steps Voltage (V) Current(A) Width(mS) Slope(mS)

1 8V 60 50 10

2 12V 60 2000 5

3 24V 60 T 10

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 76

 Power Supply Function

User-defined Startup Voltage Waveform System

The user can define the startup voltage, ranging from 8V to 32V. When the
waveform program is divided into 8V-16V, the waveform is consistent with
standard 12V; when the waveform program is divided into 16V-32V, the wave-
form is consistent with the standard 24V waveform. The waveform diagram is
shown below.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 77

 Power Supply Function

How to Use

Recall the self-defined DIN waveform operation (taking 12.5V voltage waveform
as an example):

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.
2. Use the knob to select 3.Road-Vehicles = Off and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left/Right key to select DIN40839 and press [Enter].

4. Press the Left/Right key to select User-defined and press [Enter].

5. Set the startup voltage as V=12.5V and press [Enter].

The interface returns to the main interface of the system and displays
DIN40839.

6. Press [On/Off] on the front panel to turn on the output.

7. According to the selected trigger method (same as the trigger method of the
LIST function), for example, press [Shift]+[On/Off](Trigger) to trigger the
output of the waveform.

4.6.3.2 Simulate the Waveform to Verify the Anti-interference

Performance of the Automotive Electronics’ Products

To verify the anti-interference performance of the automotive electronics’ prod-

ucts. Output pulse waveform completely meets the International Standard ISO-
16750-2, convenient for quick recall by the user.

Simulate the waveform to verify the anti-interference per-

ISO16750-2 formance of the automotive electronics’ products.

Automotive short-time voltage drop

Short-Drop waveform

Select the 12V automotive short-

12V
time voltage drop waveform

Select the 24V automotive short-

24V
time voltage drop waveform

This test is applicable to equipment with re-

Reset-Test set function.

The minimum supply voltage

Usmin Usmin

Starting- This test verifies the behavior of a DUT dur-

Profile ing and after cranking.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 78

 Power Supply Function

12V Select the 12V test system.

Select the voltage/duration

1 of 12V starting profile cor-
responding to Level 1.

Select the voltage/duration

2 of 12V starting profile cor-
responding to Level 2.

Select the voltage/duration

3 of 12V starting profile cor-
responding to Level 3.

Select the voltage/duration

4 of 12V starting profile cor-
responding to Level 4.

24V Select the 24V test system.

Select the voltage/duration

of 24V starting profile cor-
1 responding to Level 1.

Select the voltage/duration

of 24V starting profile cor-
2 responding to Level 2.

Select the voltage/duration

of 24V starting profile cor-
3 responding to Level 3.

Load-Dump Load dump curve

Select centralized load dump

Test A
unsuppression

Select the 12V voltage

12V
system

Td Pulse width

Un Peak voltage

Select the 24V voltage

24V
system

Td Pulse width

Un Peak voltage

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 79

 Power Supply Function

Test B Select centralized load dump

suppression

Select the 12V voltage

12V
system

Td Pulse width

Un Peak voltage

Select the 24V voltage

24V
system

Td Pulse width

Un Peak voltage

Us Clamping voltage

Automotive Short-time Voltage Drop Waveform

This waveform simulates an instantaneous drop in the supply voltage when the
car is started. This test simulates the effect when a conventional fuse element
melts in another circuit.

• 12V system

• 24V system

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 80

 Power Supply Function

How to recall this waveform from menu (take 12V system as an example):

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.

2. Use the knob to select 3.Road-Vehicles = Off and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left/Right key to select ISO16750-2 and press [Enter] to confirm.

4. Press the Left/Right key to select Short-Drop and press [Enter] to confirm.

5. Press the Left/Right key to select 12V and press [Enter] to confirm.

The interface returns to the main interface of the system and displays
SHORT-DROP.
6. Press [On/Off] on the front panel to turn on the output.

7. According to the selected trigger method (same as the trigger method of the
LIST function), for example, press [Shift]+[On/Off](Trigger) to trigger the
output of the waveform.

Reset-Test

This test verifies the reset behavior of the DUT at different voltage drops. This
test is applicable to equipment with reset function, e.g. equipment containing mi-
crocontroller. Apply the test pulse simultaneously in figure below to all relevant
inputs (connections) and check the reset behavior of the DUT. Decrease the
supply voltage by 5 % from the minimum supply voltage, Us min, to 0.95 Us
min. Hold this voltage for 5 s. Raise the voltage to Us min. Hold Us min for at
least 10 s and perform a functional test. Then decrease the voltage to 0.95 Us
min. Continue with steps of 5 % of Us min, as shown in figure below, until the
lower value has reached 0 V. Then raise the voltage to Us min again.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 81

 Power Supply Function

How to recall this waveform from menu is as below:

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.
2. Use the knob to select 3.Road-Vehicles = Off and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left/Right key to select ISO16750-2 and press [Enter] to confirm.
4. Press the Left/Right key to select Reset-Test, and press [Enter] to confirm.

5. Press the numeric keys to set the Usmin, and press [Enter] to confirm.

The interface returns to the main interface of the system and displays
RESET-TEST.

6. Press [On/Off] on the front panel to turn on the output.

7. According to the selected trigger method (same as the trigger method of the
LIST function), for example, press [Shift]+[On/Off](Trigger) to trigger the
output of the waveform.

Starting Waveform

Simulates the effects of rippled DC voltage on DC power when the car is

started. From the constant voltage line in the original standard DIN40839 volt-
age waveform, the voltage curve in t8 duration is upgraded to a curve containing
a 2Hz AC voltage waveform.

• Standards for 12V system:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 82

 Power Supply Function

Curve should be selected based on actual test requirements. To create

waveform within 12V, follow the set standards as below:

I, II, III, and IV defined in the above standard correspond to levels 1, 2, 3,

and 4 in the setup menu.

• Standards for 24V system:

How to recall this waveform from menu (take 12V system as an example):

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.
2. Use the knob to select 3.Road-Vehicles = Off and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left/Right key to select ISO16750-2 and press [Enter] to confirm.
4. Press the Left/Right key to select Starting-Profile, and press [Enter] to
confirm.
5. Press the Left/Right key to select 12V, and press [Enter] to confirm.

6. Press the Left/Right key to select the Level (i.e. 4), and press [Enter] to
confirm.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 83

 Power Supply Function

The interface returns to the main interface of the system and displays
STARTING-PROFILE.

7. Press [On/Off] on the front panel to turn on the output.

8. According to the selected trigger method (same as the trigger method of the
LIST function), for example, press [Shift]+[On/Off](Trigger) to trigger the
output of the waveform.

Load Dump Dynamic Behavior

This test is a simulation of load dump transient occurring in the event of a dis-
charged battery being disconnected while the alternator is generating charging
current with other loads remaining on the alternator circuit at this moment.

• The amplitude of load dump is determined by the rotational speed of alterna-

tor and the strength of magnetic field in the case of disconnection of the
battery.

• The pulse duration of load dump is mainly determined by the time constant
and pulse amplitude of the excitation circuit.

Inside most novel alternator, the amplitude of load dump is decreased by in-
creasing the limiter diode (clamping diode). The load dump may be caused by
cable corrosion, poor cable contact or disconnecting the battery intentionly
when the engine is running.

The pulse shape and parameters for an alternator without centralized load
dump suppression (Test A) are given in follow.

• t: Time

• U: Test voltage

• td: Duration of pulse

• tr: Rising Slope

• UA: The supply voltage of the generator in operation: UA = 14V in the 12V
system, UA = 28V in the 24V system. (see ISO 16750-1)

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 84

 Power Supply Function

• US: Peak voltage

Type of system Minimum test

Parameter
12V 24V requirements

USa(V) 79≤U S≤101 151≤U S≤202

Ria(Ω) 0.5≤Ri≤4 1≤Ri≤8

10 pulses at 1 min intervals
td(ms) 40≤t d≤400 100≤t d≤350

tr(ms) – –

aIf not otherwise agreed, use the upper voltage level with the upper value for
internal resistance or use the lower voltage level with the lower value for in-
ternal resistance.

The pulse shape and parameters for an alternator with centralized load dump
suppression (Test B) are given in follow.

• t: Time

• U: Test voltage
• td: Duration of pulse

• tr: Rising Slope

• UA: The supply voltage of the generator in operation: UA=14V in the 12V sys-
tem, UA=28V in the 24V system. (see ISO 16750-1)
• US: Peak voltage

• US*: Supply voltage with load dump suppression (i.e. clamping voltage)

Type of system Minimum test

Parameter
12V 24V requirements

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 85

 Power Supply Function

USa(V) 79≤U S≤101 151≤U S≤202

It is fixed at 35V As specified by cus-

US*(V) here and cannot tomer (typical value
be set. 58) 5 pulses at 1 minute
intervals
Ria(Ω) 0.5≤Ri≤4 1≤Ri≤8

td(ms) 40≤t d≤400 100≤t d≤350

tr(ms) – –

aIf not otherwise agreed, use the upper voltage level with the upper value for in-
ternal resistance or use the lower voltage level with the lower value for internal
resistance.

The following general considerations of the dynamic behavior of alternators dur-

ing load dump apply:

• The internal resistance of an alternator, in the case of load dump, is mainly a

function of alternator rotational speed and excitation current.
• The internal resistance, Ri, of the load dump test pulse generator shall be
obtained from the following relationship.

– Unom: The specified voltage of the alternator

– Irated: The specified current at an alternator speed of 6000r/min

– Nact: The actual alternator speed, unit: round per minute (r/min)

• The pulse is determined by the peak voltage Un, the clamping voltage US,
the internal resistance Ri, and the pulse duration td; in all cases small values
of Un are correlated with small values of Ri and td, and high values of Un with
high values of Ri and td. For the test voltage UA please refer to ISO16750-1.

How to recall this waveform from menu (take Test A 12V as an example):

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.
2. Use the knob to select 3.Road-Vehicles = Off and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left/Right key to select ISO16750-2 and press [Enter] to confirm.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 86

 Power Supply Function

4. Press the Left/Right key to select Load-Dump, and press [Enter] to confirm.
5. Press the Left/Right key to select Test A, and press [Enter] to confirm.

6. Press the Left/Right key to select 12V, and press [Enter] to confirm.

7. Set the Td and Un in turns, and press [Enter] to confirm.

The interface returns to the main interface of the system and displays
LOAD-DUMP.

8. Press [On/Off] on the front panel to turn on the output.

9. According to the selected trigger method (same as the trigger method of the
LIST function), for example, press [Shift]+[On/Off](Trigger) to trigger the
output of the waveform.

4.6.3.3 42V Road Vehicles — Electrical and Electronic Equipment for a

Supply Voltage of 42 V — Electrical loads

A test wave completely conforming to International Standard ISO21848 is built

inside the device, which can be used for the test of Electrical and electronic
equipment for a supply voltage of 42V - Electrical loads. The user can directly
and quickly recall this function during test.

ISO21848 Simulate the curve of “Electrical and electronic equipment

for a supply voltage of 42 V — Electrical loads”

Umax,dyn Umax,dyn Test pulse

Momentary-Drop Transit voltage drop

Reset Reset test supply voltage

Ulow Set supply voltage

Start Startup pulse

Recall the Waveform

Take Momentary-Drop as an example to introduce the procedures as follows:

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.

2. Use the knob to select 3.Road-Vehicles = Off and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left/Right key to select ISO21848, and press [Enter] to confirm.
4. Press the Left/Right key to select Momentary-Drop, and press [Enter] to
confirm.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 87

 Power Supply Function

The interface returns to the main interface of the system and displays
MOMENTARY-DROP.

5. Press [On/Off] on the front panel to turn on the output.

6. According to the selected trigger method (same as the trigger method of the
LIST function), for example, press [Shift]+[On/Off](Trigger) to trigger the
output of the waveform.

Umax,dyn Test Pulse

Detect the function when the DUT is under maximum dynamic Voltage Umax,dyn,
and simulate the maximum dynamic Voltage of high-energy pulse raised from
throw load in 42V electrical system, where the upper limit is the protection volt-
age of throw load.

After turning on [On/Off] and triggering the waveform output, the instrument will
apply a test pulse to the DUT, as shown below:

• t: Time (in ms)

• U: Voltage (in V)

Supply Voltage Transient Drop

Simulate the affect from short circuit when fuse element of another circuit is
melt. Detect the function status of the DUT at transient drop of Voltage.

After turning on [On/Off] and triggering the waveform output, when the given
test pulse is applied at all input terminals of the DUT, the rise and fall time be-
tween Ulow and 16V level shall not be longer than 100ms.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 88

 Power Supply Function

• t: Time (in ms)

• U: Voltage (in V)

Reset Performance at Transient Drop of Voltage

Detect the reset performance of the DUT at different Voltage drops. Applicable
for devices with reset function (for example, device installed with one or several
micro controllers) .

After turning on [On/Off] and triggering the waveform output, the instrument will
apply test pulse and detect the reset performance of the DUT, as shown in the
figure below.

The supply voltage drops from Ulow to 0.95Ulow by 5% and keeps for 5s, and
then rise to Ulow and keep for at least 10s for function test. Then, drop Voltage to
0.9Ulow, and so on. As shown in the figure below, drop the voltage from Ulow to
0V by 5% and raise the voltage to Ulow. The Rise and Fall time shall be between
10ms and 1s.

• t: Time (in s)
• Y: Ulow, %

Start-up Characteristics

Detect DUT characteristics before and after vehicle startup.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 89

 Power Supply Function

After turning on [On/Off] and triggering the waveform output, the instrument will
apply the startup characteristic parameters as shown in the figure and table be-
low to related input terminals of the DUT simultaneously.

• t: Time time (in ms) t1: 5ms

• U: Voltage (in V) t2: 15ms

• Us: 18V t3: 50ms

• UA: 21V t4: 10000ms

• UT: 42V t5: 100ms

4.6.3.4 SAEJ1113-11 Waveform Protocol

SAEJ1113-11 Waveform protocol related parameters are described as follows:

SAEJ1113-
SAEJ1113-11 Waveform protocol
11
Test–2B Transient from DC motors acting as genera-
tors after ignition switch OFF

12V Select the 12V voltage system

Td Test pulse width

24V Select the 24V voltage system

Td Test pulse width

Test–4 Starter motor engagement disturbance

pulse

12V Select the 12V voltage system

Vs For details, see Table

4–1 Parameter
Va
Description
T7

T9

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 90

 Power Supply Function

T11

24V Select the 24V voltage system

Vs For details, see Table

4–1 Parameter
Va
Description
T7

T9

T11

Test–5 Load dump waveform

Select centralized load dump

Test A
unsuppression

12V Select the 12V volt-

age system

Td Test pulse
width

Un Peak voltage

Us Clamping
voltage

Select the 24V volt-

24V
age system

Td Test pulse
width

Un Peak voltage

Us Clamping
voltage

Test B Select centralized load dump

suppression

12V Select the 12V volt-

age system

Td Test pulse
width

Un Peak voltage

Us Clamping
voltage

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 91

 Power Supply Function

24V Select the 24V volt-

age system

Td Test pulse
width

Un Peak voltage

Us Clamping
voltage

Test–2B

Transient from DC motors acting as generators after ignition switch OFF:

Parameters 12V 24V

VS 10V 20V

Ri ≤0.05Ω ≤0.05Ω

td 0.2–2s 0.2–2s

t1 1ms±50% 1ms±50%

tr 1ms±50% 1ms±50%

t6 1ms±50% 1ms±50%

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 92

 Power Supply Function

Test–4

Starter motor engagement disturbance pulse.

Table 4–1 Parameter Description

Parameters 12V 24V

VS (From VB) -4V to -7V -5V to -16V

Va (From VB) -2.5 to -6V with |Va|≤| -5 to -12V with |Va|≤|

V S| V S|

Ri 0Ω to 0.02Ω 0Ω to 0.02Ω

t7 15 to 40ms(1) 50 to 100ms(1)

t8 ≤50ms ≤50ms

t9 0.5 to 20s(1) 0.5 to 20s(1)

t10 5ms 10ms

t11 5 to 100ms(2) 10 to 100 ms(3)

(1). The value used should be agreed between the vehicle manufacturer and
the equipment supplier to suit the proposed application.
(2). t11=5 ms is typical of the case when engine starts at the end of the crank-
ing period, while t11=100 ms is typical of the case when the engine does not
start.
(3). t11=10 ms is typical of the case when engine starts at the end of the crank-
ing period, while t11=100 ms is typical of the case when the engine does not
start.

Test–5

For the details, please refer to the Load Dump Dynamic Behavior.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 93

 Power Supply Function

4.6.3.5 LV123

LV123 has been compiled for the electrical characteristics of new energy ve-
hicles for major European car manufacturers. For its high-voltage system parts,
the state standard within its operating voltage range is defined. The relevant pa-
rameters are introduced as follows:

Please pay attention to whether the voltage value defined in the LV123
standard matches the rated voltage of the instrument, otherwise some
waveforms cannot be recalled.

LV123 LV123 waveform protocol

Curv- Choose to recall the standard LV123 waveform.

e

Run Run the presently recalled waveform.

Open Recall the waveform saved inside the

instrument.

Recall The address of the waveform file,

File ranging from 1 to 1000.

Edit Edit the waveform curve.

unlimit- Range of unlimited operating capabil-

ed ity, includes the following options:
• HV_1
• HV_2a

• HV_2b
• HV_3

upper- Range of upper limited operating ca-

limited pability, includes the following
options:
• HV_1
• HV_2a

• HV_2b
• HV_3

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 94

 Power Supply Function

lower- Range of lower limited operating ca-

limited pability, includes the following
options:
• HV_1
• HV_2a
• HV_2b

• HV_3

highly- Range of highly limited operating ca-

limited pability, includes the following
options:
• HV_1
• HV_2a
• HV_2b

start Set the initial output voltage of the in-

voltage strument before the LV123 regulation
waveform test. At the same time, this
value is also the end voltage after the
regulatory waveform test is
completed.

start Test time of starting voltage, range:

time 0~999.999S.

end time Test time of end voltage, range:

0~999.999S.

count Set the number of test repetitions,

ranging from 1 to 65535.

Save To Set the save address of the waveform

File file, range: 1~1000.

User- Select the user-defined LV123 waveform.

de-
fined

Run Run the presently recalled waveform.

Open Recall the waveform saved inside the

instrument.

Recall The address of the waveform file,

File ranging from 1 to 1000.

Edit Edit a user-defined waveform.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 95

 Power Supply Function

unlimit- Range of unlimited operating capabil-

ed ity, with the following settings:
• V1: Voltage in interval 1
• V2: Voltage in interval 2
• V3: Voltage in interval 3

• V4: Voltage in interval 4

upper- Range of upper limited operating ca-

limited pability, with the following settings:
• V1: Voltage in interval 1
• V2: Voltage in interval 2

• V3: Voltage in interval 3

• V4: Voltage in interval 4

• V5: Voltage in interval 5

• V6: Voltage in interval 6

lower- Range of lower limited operating ca-

limited pability, with the following settings:
• V1: Voltage in interval 1
• V2: Voltage in interval 2
• V3: Voltage in interval 3

• V4: Voltage in interval 4

• V5: Voltage in interval 5

• V6: Voltage in interval 6

highly- Range of highly limited operating ca-

limited pability, with the following settings:
• V1: Voltage in interval 1
• V2: Voltage in interval 2

• V3: Voltage in interval 3

• V4: Voltage in interval 4

• V5: Voltage in interval 5

start Set the initial output voltage of the in-

voltage strument before the LV123 regulation
waveform test. At the same time, this
value is also the end voltage after the
regulatory waveform test is
completed.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 96

 Power Supply Function

start Test time of starting voltage, range:

time 0~999.999S.

end time Test time of end voltage, range:

0~999.999S.

count Set the number of test repetitions,

ranging from 1 to 65535.

Save To Set the save address of the waveform

File file, range: 1~1000.

Unlimited

The waveform is as follows:

The parameters are as follows:

Parameter HV_1 HV_2a HV_2b HV_3

V1 140V 255V 350V 635V

V2 190V 340V 450V 750V

V3 90V 170V 250V 520V

V4 140V 255V 350V 635V

t1 300S 300S 300S 300S

r1 3mS 5mS 5mS 6mS

t2 300S 300S 300S 300S

f1 5mS 9mS 10mS 12mS

t3 300S 300S 300S 300S

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 97

 Power Supply Function

Parameter HV_1 HV_2a HV_2b HV_3

r2 3mS 5mS 5mS 6mS

t4 5mS 5mS 5mS 6mS

Upper-limited

The waveform is as follows:

The parameters are as follows:

Parameter HV_1 HV_2a HV_2b HV_3

V1 140V 255V 350V 635V

V2 190V 340V 450V 750V

V3 200V 360V 470V 770V

V4 190V 340V 450V 750V

V5 195V 350V 460V 760V

V6 140V 255V 350V 635V

t1 60S 60S 60S 60S

r1 3mS 5mS 5mS 6mS

t2 60S 60S 60S 60S

r2 60S 60S 60S 60S

t3 60S 60S 60S 60S

f1 60S 60S 60S 60S

t4 60S 60S 60S 60S

r3 1mS 1mS 1mS 1mS

t5 60S 60S 60S 60S

f2 3mS 5mS 6mS 7mS

t6 60S 60S 60S 60S

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 98

 Power Supply Function

Lower-limited

The waveform is as follows:

The parameters are as follows:

Parameter HV_1 HV_2a HV_2b HV_3

V1 140V 255V 350V 635V

V2 90V 170V 250V 520V

V3 80V 160V 200V 450V

V4 90V 170V 250V 520V

V5 85V 165V 225V 485V

V6 140V 255V 350V 635V

t1 60S 60S 60S 60S

f1 3mS 5mS 5mS 6mS

t2 60S 60S 60S 60S

f2 60S 60S 60S 60S

t3 60S 60S 60S 60S

r1 60S 60S 60S 60S

t4 60S 60S 60S 60S

f3 1mS 1mS 2mS 2mS

t5 60S 60S 60S 60S

r2 3mS 5mS 7mS 8mS

t6 60S 60S 60S 60S

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 99

 Power Supply Function

Highly-limited

The waveform is as follows:

The parameters are as follows:

Parameter HV_1 HV_2a HV_2b

V1 140V 255V 350V

V2 60V 120V 150V

V3 85V 165V 225V

V4 70V 140V 175V

V5 140V 255V 350V

t1 60S 60S 60S

f1 4mS 7mS 10mS

t2 60S 60S 60S

r1 60S 60S 60S

t3 60S 60S 60S

f2 60S 60S 60S

t4 60S 60S 60S

r2 4mS 6mS 9mS

t5 60S 60S 60S

How to Use

The following is an example of how to use this function by recalling the LV123
standard regulation Unlimited and HV_1 waveform.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 100

 Power Supply Function

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.

2. Use the knob to select 3.Road-Vehicles = Off and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left/Right key to select LV123, and press [Enter] to confirm.

4. Press the Left/Right key to select Curve→Edit→unlimited→HV_1, and press

[Enter] to confirm.

5. Set start voltage = 50V, start time = 0.1S, end time = 0.1S and count = 1.
6. Set Save To File = 1, and press [Enter] to confirm.

7. Select Open→Recall File in the main interface of LV123. Set to 1, and press
[Enter] to confirm.

8. Select RUN in the main interface of LV123, and press [Enter] to confirm.

At this time, the information of the recalled waveform is displayed in the low-
er right corner of the VFD screen: R1/HV_1/00001, which is represented as
the interval type of the waveform, the type of the regulation, and how many
times the waveform has been executed cyclically.

9. Press [On/Off] on the front panel to turn on the output.

10. According to the selected trigger method (same as the trigger method of the
LIST function), for example, press [Shift]+[On/Off](Trigger) to trigger the
output of the waveform.

4.6.3.6 LV124

The built-in curves LV124 can meet general requirements, test conditions and
tests of electrical and electronic components in motor vehicles up to 3.5 t. Re-
lated parameters are as below:

LV124 LV124 waveform protocol

E-02 Transient overvoltage test waveform

E-04 Jump start test waveform

E-05 Load dump test waveform

E-07 Slow decrease and increase of the supply

voltage test waveform

Ubmax Start voltage

Ubmin Holding voltage

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 101

 Power Supply Function

Ubmin Voltage holding time at

Holding Ubmin
Time

E-08 Slow decrease, quick increase of the sup-

ply voltage test waveform

Ubmax Start voltage

Ubmin Holding voltage

Ubmin Voltage holding time at

Holding Ubmin
Time

E-09 Reset behavior test waveform

Ubmin Holding voltage

E-11 Start pulses

Cold-Start Cold start

Normal Standard experi-

mental pulse

Server Enhanced experi-

mental pulse

Warm-Start Warm start

E-12 Voltage curve with intelligent generator

control

U Voltage drop between DUT

and battery terminals

E-02 Transient Overvoltage Pulse

Transient overvoltages may occur in the electric system due to the switching off
of loads and due to short accelerator tip-ins. These overvoltages are simulated
by means of this test. This test may be used for the electrical life test. The test
pulse of E-02 Transient overvoltage is shown in the figure below:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 102

 Power Supply Function

E-04 Jump Start

External starting of the vehicle is simulated. The maximum test voltage results
from commercial vehicle systems and their increased power supply voltage.
The test pulse of E-04 Jump start is shown in the figure below:

E-05 Load Dump

Dumping of an electric load, in combination with a battery with reduced buffering

ability, results in an energy-rich overvoltage pulse due to the generator charac-
teristics. The test pulse of E-05 Load Dump is shown in the figure below:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 103

 Power Supply Function

E-07 Slow Decrease and Slow Increase of the Supply Voltage

The slow decrease and increase of the supply voltage is simulated as it occurs
during the slow decharging and charging procedure of the vehicle battery. The
waveform is as follows.

E-08 Slow Decrease and Quick Increase of the Supply Voltage

This test simulates the slow decrease of the battery voltage to 0 V and the sud-
den reconnection of the battery voltage e.g. by means of applying a jump start
source. The waveform is as follows.

E-09 Reset Behavior

The reset behavior of a component in its environment is simulated and tested.

Test boundary conditions (e.g. assembly, terminal, system) must be described
in detail.

During operation, an arbitrary sequence of repeated switching-on/off proce-

dures occurs; this must not lead to an undefined behavior of the component.
The reset behavior is represented by a voltage variance and a time variance.
Two different test sequences are required to simulate different switchoff times.
A component must always undergo both sequences.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 104

 Power Supply Function

E-11 Start Pulses

When starting the engine, the battery voltage drops to a low value for a short pe-
riod and then slightly rises again. Most components are activated directly before
starting for a short period, then deactivated during starting and activated again
after starting when the engine is running. This test serves to verify normal oper-
ation under these conditions. The starting process may be performed under dif-
ferent vehicle starting conditions, cold start and warm start. In order to cover
both cases, two different test sequences are required. A component must al-
ways undergo both sequences.

• Cold Start Test Pulse

• Warm Start Test Pulse

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 105

 Power Supply Function

E-12 Voltage Curve with Intelligent Generator Control

The behavior of the electric system when intelligent generator controls are used
is simulated.

4.6.3.7 LV148

LV148 covers tests for electric and electronic components in motor vehicles
48V electrical system. The voltage level and definition are shown in the figure
below.

The related parameters of the built-in waveform of the instrument are introduced
as follows:

LV148 LV148

E-01 Long-term overvoltages

The component's resistance to long-term overvoltage is
tested. A generator control fault during driving operation is
simulated.

E-02 Transient overvoltages

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 106

 Power Supply Function

Transient overvoltages may occur in the electric system due

to the switching off of loads and due to short accelerator tip-
ins. These overvoltages are simulated by means of this test.

Short Short time mode (3 times)

Endurance Endurance mode (1000 times)

E-03 Transient undervoltages

Transient undervoltages in the electric system may occur
due to switching on of loads. These undervoltages are simu-
lated by means of this test.

E-04 Jumpstart / recuperation

Jump starting of the vehicle is simulated. The maximum test
voltage results from commercial vehicle systems and their
elevated electric system voltages.

E- Slow decrease and increase of the supply voltage (without

06A energy storage )
The slow decrease and increase of the supply voltage is si-
mulated as it occurs during the slow discharging and charg-
ing procedure of the vehicle battery.

T1 Holding Holding time

Time

E- Slow decrease and increase of the supply voltage (with en-

06B ergy storage – Part 1 )
Checks will slow the supply voltage decrease to the energy
storage protection voltage, followed by energy storage
disconnection.

T1 Holding Holding time

Time

E-07 Slow decrease, fast increase in the supply voltage

This test simulates the slow decrease of the vehicle system
voltage to the energy storage protection voltage followed by
shutdown to 0V and the sudden reconnect the system volt-
age by a charged or new energy storage battery.

T1 Holding Holding time

Time

T1 Rising Rising time

Time

E-08 Reset behavior

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 107

 Power Supply Function

The reset behavior of a component in its environment is si-

mulated and tested. Test boundary conditions (e.g., assem-
bly, terminal, system) must be described in detail. During
operation, an arbitrary sequence of repeated switching-on/
off procedures occurs; this must not lead to an undefined be-
havior of the component. The reset behavior is represented
by a voltage variance and a time variance. Two different test
sequences are required to simulate different switch-off
times. A component must always undergo both sequences.

E-10 Start impulses

During a cold start (motor start), the energy storage battery
voltage decreases for a short, then increases again. The
warm start is not considered, because the operating range is
maintained.

Normal Standard experimental pulse

Severe Enhanced experimental pulse

E-15 Operation in the range without function restriction

The operating behavior at the range limits is checked.

E-16 Operation in the upper range with function limitation

The operating behavior with change and at the range limits
is checked.

E-18 Overvoltage range

The test is to show the load cut-off during storage charging
and check the changes of the operating behavior into the
overvoltage range.

E-01

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 108

 Power Supply Function

E-02

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 109

 Power Supply Function

E-03

The waveform is as follows:

E-04

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 110

 Power Supply Function

E-06A

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 111

 Power Supply Function

E-06B

The waveform is as follows:

E-07

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 112

 Power Supply Function

T1 and tr1 need to be manually set by the user.

E-08

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 113

 Power Supply Function

E-10

The waveform is as follows:

E-15

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 114

 Power Supply Function

E-16

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 115

 Power Supply Function

E-18

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 116

 Power Supply Function

How to use

Take LV148 E-01 (long-term overvoltage test pulse) as an example to introduce

how to use this function.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to en-
ter the function menu.

2. Use the knob to select 3.Road-Vehicles = Off and press [Enter].

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 117

 Power Supply Function

3. Use the knob or Left / Right key to select LV148, and press [Enter].
4. Use the knob or Left / Right key to select E-01, and press [Enter].

At this time, the lower right corner of the VFD screen displays the information
of the recalled waveform: LV148–E01.
5. Press [On/Off] on the front panel to turn on the output.

6. According to the selected trigger method (same as the trigger method of the
LIST function), for example, press [Shift]+[On/Off](Trigger) to trigger the
output of the waveform.

4.6.3.8 ISO21780

This topic covers requirements and tests for the electric and electronic
components in road vehicles equipped with an electrical system operating at a
nominal voltage of 48 V DC.

The related parameters of the built-in waveform of the instrument are

introduced as follows:

IS- ISO21780 waveform

O217-
80

TEST-01 nominal voltage range

TEST-02 • Upper Range: upper transitory voltage range

• Lower Range: lower transitory voltage range

TEST-03 short term overvoltage

TEST-04 supply component load dump control test

TEST-05 starting profile

TEST-06 long term overvoltage

TEST-07 overvoltage with consumer components which

may supply electrical energy

TEST-08 decrease and increase of supply voltage

TEST-10 reinitialisation

TEST-11 discontinuities in supply voltage

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 118

 Power Supply Function

TEST-01

The purpose of this test is to verify the component functionality in the nominal
voltage range.

The waveform is as follows:

TEST-02

The purpose of this test is to verify the functionality of the component in the
upper and lower transitory voltage range.

The waveform of lower range is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 119

 Power Supply Function

The waveform of upper range is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 120

 Power Supply Function

TEST-03

This test is intended to check the immunity of the component to transient

overvoltages.

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 121

 Power Supply Function

TEST-04

This test is a simulation of a load dump situation where voltage transients occur
following a sudden reduction in the load current drawn from a generator, motor-
generator or DC/DC converter and whilst the battery is either out of circuit or
incapable of absorbing power.

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 122

 Power Supply Function

TEST-05

This test is intended to check the immunity of the component to voltage

variations during the cold crank phase.

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 123

 Power Supply Function

TEST-06

This test checks the robustness of the component against a long-term

overvoltage.

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 124

 Power Supply Function

TEST-07

This test is applicable to all components which not only consume electrical
energy but may also supply electrical energy with no possibility of switching off
this electrical energy supply without negative effects occurring in the vehicle.

Such components shall either be capable of self-limiting their output supply

voltage or systematic countermeasures shall be applied to the vehicle in order
to ensure compliance with this specification.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 125

 Power Supply Function

This test does not apply to components that supply electrical energy as a
primary function, such as generators. For these components TEST-04 is
applicable.

The purpose of this test is to verify that the component alone complies with the
voltage range specified here and is applicable where systematic
countermeasures at the vehicle level are not used to ensure compliance.

The test emulates a condition where such a component supplies energy into the
vehicle 48 V power supply system which can only be absorbed by the power
network simulation and subsequently leads to an undesired increase in system
voltage.

The waveform is as follows:

TEST-08

This test is intended to check immunity of a component to decrease and

increase of supply voltages.

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 126

 Power Supply Function

TEST-10

This test is intended to check the correct reinitialisation of the component after
interruption of onboard power supply. This test shall only be performed on
DUT's whose control logic (or parts thereof) is supplied by 48 V.

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 127

 Power Supply Function

TEST-11

The behaviour of a component when subjected to interruption of supply of

varying duration is tested. Examples for this occurrence may be short circuits,
switching of loads, disconnecting of batteries and others.

This test applies to power consumers and not to power generators.

The waveform is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 128

 Power Supply Function

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 129

 Power Supply Function

How to Use

Take ISO21780 TEST-01 as an example to introduce how to use this function.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to

enter the function menu.
2. Use the knob to select 3.Road-Vehicles = Off and press [Enter].

3. Use the knob or Left / Right key to select ISO21780, and press [Enter].

4. Use the knob or Left / Right key to select TEST-01, and press [Enter].

At this time, the lower right corner of the VFD screen displays the
information of the recalled waveform: ISO21780–T01.

5. Press [On/Off] on the front panel to turn on the output.

6. According to the selected trigger method (same as the trigger method of the
LIST function), for example, press [Shift]+[On/Off](Trigger) to trigger the
output of the waveform.

4.6.4 Solar Photovoltaic Curve Simulation Function (SAS)

IT-M3900C SAS/PV photovoltaic simulation power supply provides the maxi-
mum power point tracking (MPPT) mechanism built-in, and it is very important
to test the efficiency of this MPPT. The PV array/module/cell is a device that
converts from light energy to electric energy. It is made by a simple semicon-
ductor PN junction that the major output characteristic is that there’s only one
maximum power point (MPP) at certain sunlight intensity. The PV inverter is de-
signed to track this point to harvest maximum energy that is generated by the
PV array. SAS function menu is as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 130

 Power Supply Function

SAS SAS function menu

Static Static PV curve setting.

Curve Open or edit a fixed format PV curve.

Indicates to enter the SAS function mode

Run and wait for the trigger to run the cur-
rently selected PV curve file.

Open Select a fixed format PV curve.

Set the name of the PV curve

Recall
file and recall the PV file
Curve
stored inside the instrument.

Edit Edit a fixed format PV curve.

Pmp Set the maximum power.

Vmp Set the maximum power

voltage.

Formula Regulatory settings. The

choice of solar panel materi-
als under different regulations
is different.

SANDIA • TF: Thin-Film

• SCMC: Stand-
ard Crystalline
or Multi-
crystalline

• HEC: High-effi-
ciency
Crystalline

E- • TF: Thin-Film
N50530
• cSi

Save To Set the saved file name. Pa-

Curve rameter setting ranges from 1
to 100.

User- User-defined PV curves.

de-
fined

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 131

 Power Supply Function

Indicates to enter the SAS function mode

Run and wait for the trigger to run the cur-
rently selected custom curve file.

Open Select a custom curve.

Set the name of the custom

Recall curve file and recall the cus-
User tom curve file stored inside
the instrument.

Edit Edit a custom curve.

Voc Set the open-circuit voltage

value.

Imp Set the maximum power cur-

rent value.

Vmp Set the maximum power volt-

age value.

Isc Set the short-circuit current

value.

Save To Set the saved file name. Pa-

User rameter setting ranges from 1
to 100.

Table Indicates a user-defined 4096-point I-V data table. This

menu item is reserved and can only be used in PV SAS
software sold separately. This function cannot be used in
the VFD screen.

Filter Filter the input voltage of the instrument to reduce

interference.

Low The filtering speed is low speed.

Mid The filtering speed is medium speed.

Fast The filtering speed is high speed.

Edit the Static PV Curve

You can edit the static PV curve and save it inside the instrument (up to 100
curve records can be saved), or you can customize the editing of the PV curve
(up to 100 can be saved).

• Curve

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 132

 Power Supply Function

The steps to edit a static curve locally on the instrument are as follows:

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to

enter the function menu.

2. Use knob to select 4. SAS: Off and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left/Right key to select Static and press [Enter].

4. Press the Left/Right key to select Curve and press [Enter].

5. Press the Left/Right key to select Edit and press [Enter].

6. Set the Pmp, Vmp and Formula in turns, and press [Enter].

7. Set the saved file name and press [Enter].

– Also you can set the filter speed in SAS→Filter according to the ac-
tual test needs.
– After the above Curve parameters are set completely, you can press
[Esc] until you return to the SAS main interface and select Run to
trigger the current edited Curve file to run.
• User-defined

The steps to edit a custom curve are as follows:

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to

enter the function menu.
2. Use knob to select 4. SAS: Off and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left/Right key to select Static and press [Enter].

4. Press the Left/Right key to select User-defined and press [Enter].

5. Press the Left/Right key to select Edit and press [Enter].

6. Set the Voc, Imp and the other parameters, and press [Enter].
7. Set the saved file name and press [Enter].

Select the Static PV Curve

You can select the Static Curve file saved in the instrument to be in the Open
state for later running.
• Curve

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to

enter the function menu.
2. Use knob to select 4. SAS: Off and press [Enter].
3. Press the Left/Right key to select Static and press [Enter].
4. Press the Left/Right key to select Curve and press [Enter].

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 133

 Power Supply Function

5. Press the Left/Right key to select Open and press [Enter].

6. Set the name of the Curve file to be recalled (i.e. the file name set in
Edit) and press [Enter].
At this point, the system returns to the interface of the SAS function, and
the currently selected Curve file is to be run. The interface is displayed
as follows:
SAS SATIC CURVE
Run Open Edit
• User-defined

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to

enter the function menu.
2. Use knob to select 4. SAS: Off and press [Enter].
3. Press the Left/Right key to select Static and press [Enter].
4. Press the Left/Right key to select User-defined and press [Enter].
5. Press the Left/Right key to select Open and press [Enter].
6. Set the name of the USER-DEF file to be recalled (i.e. the file name set
in Edit) and press [Enter].
At this point, the system returns to the interface of the SAS function, and
the currently selected USER-DEF file is to be run. The interface is dis-
played as follows:
SAS SATIC USER-DEF
Run Open Edit

Run the Static PV Curve

• Curve

1. Refer to Select the Static PV Curve to select the Curve file to be run.

2. Set the Vmax (in Config menu) and Filter as the actual test needs.
3. Press the Left/Right key on the Curve interface to select Run and press
[Enter].

At this point, the instrument enters the SAS mode, and the VFD screen is
displayed as the main interface of the system, waiting to trigger the Curve
file to run.

4. Turn on the [On/Off].

5. Based on the selected trigger method, perform the trigger operation.

The trigger method of the SAS function is consistent with the trigger
method of the List function, that is, the List trigger source is also effec-
tive for the SAS function.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 134

 Power Supply Function

• User-defined

1. Refer to Select the Static PV Curve to select the USER-DEF file to be

run.

2. Set the Vmax (in Config menu) and Filter as the actual test needs.
3. Press the Left/Right key on the USER-DEF interface to select Run and
press [Enter].

At this point, the instrument enters the SAS mode, and the VFD screen is
displayed as the main interface of the system, waiting to trigger the
USER-DEF file to run.

4. Turn on the [On/Off].

5. Based on the selected trigger method, perform the trigger operation.

The trigger method of the SAS function is consistent with the trigger
method of the List function, that is, the List trigger source is also effec-
tive for the SAS function.

Stop/Reset Running the Static PV Curve

If you want to stop running during the SAS test, you can do the following: Press
the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to enter the
function menu.

At this point, the interface will prompt whether to stop the running of the Func-
tion, you can press the Left/Right key to select Stop, then the running will be
stopped, and the Function menu item will be displayed, you can re-enter the
Function menu for editing; if Reset is selected, it means that it will not stop run-
ning, it will return to the main interface, and run SAS again.

4.6.5 Battery Simulation Function

This series power supply can simulate battery characteristics in practical appli-
cations based on its unique bidirectional properties and the variable output im-
pedance. You can set battery-related parameters to simulate the charge and
discharge characteristics of the battery to assist with other tests. The menu
items for this function are described below:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 135

 Power Supply Function

Battery
Battery simulation function
Emulator

User- Select a user-defined battery simulation file for

define testing.

Run the currently selected user-defined

Run
battery simulation file.

• Set the initial state of

charge (SOC) of the
battery. 0~100% corre-
sponds to the voltage
Initial range from no-load volt-
Value age to full-load voltage.

• Voc: The open-circuit

voltage of the battery.

• CAP: Battery capacity.

Open or select a user-defined battery

Open
emulation file.

Recall File Set the file save address.

Edit a user-defined battery simulation

Edit
file.

Simulates the voltage value

Full
when the cell battery is fully
Voltage
charged.

Simulates the voltage value

Empty
when the cell battery is in
Voltage
the empty state.

Inner Re- Simulates the internal re-

sistance sistance of a cell battery.

Simulates the capacity of a

Capacity
cell battery.

Set the number of parallel

Parallel
connected batteries.

Set the number of batteries

Serial
in series.

Positive current limit value,

I+
which simulates the

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 136

 Power Supply Function

maximum discharge cur-

rent of the battery pack.

Negative current limit val-

ue, which simulates the
I-
maximum charge current of
the battery pack.

Set the save address of the

Save To
user-defined battery emula-
Group
tion file.

Curve Select the battery simulation curve file for testing.

Run the currently selected battery simu-

Run
lation curve file.

Set the initial state of

charge (SOC) of the bat-
Initial tery. 0~100% corresponds
Value to the voltage range from
no-load voltage to full-load
voltage.

SAVE Save the files imported from FTP/USB

flash disk.

USB Open the battery simulation curve file in

the external USB flash disk.

Import the battery simula-

tion curve file from the ex-
Load
ternal USB flash disk into
the instrument.

Cancel the import

Not-Load
operation.

RECALL Set the name of the Curve file to recall.

FTP Import Curve files into the instrument in-

ternally via FTP service.

Edit Battery Simulation Test File

• Edit user-defined battery simulation file

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to

enter the function menu.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 137

 Power Supply Function

2. Use knob to select 5.Battery Emulator: Off and press [Enter].

The interface is displayed as follows:
FUNCTION BEMULATOR
User-define Curve
3. Select the User-define→Edit and press [Enter].
4. Set the parameters related to the user-defined battery simulation file and
set the save address.
• Edit battery simulation curve file

1. You can contact ITECH Technical Support to obtain a template for the
battery simulation curve file (.csv format).
2. Use the Excel tool to open the template file, edit the relevant parameters,
and save.

Import the external Battery Simulation File

• USB flash disc Import

1. Save the edited battery simulation curve file to the root directory of the
USB flash disc.
2. Insert the USB flash disc into the USB interface on the front panel of the
instrument.
3. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to
enter the function menu.
4. Use knob to select 5.Battery Emulator: Off and press [Enter].
The interface is displayed as follows:
FUNCTION BEMULATOR
User-define Curve
5. Enter the Curve→USB, and press [Enter].
Rotate the knob, and the system will automatically read all .csv format
files in the root directory of the USB flash drive at this time. The interface
is displayed as follows:
XXX.csv
Not-Load Load YY/ZZ
XXX indicates the name of the Battery simulation file; YY indicates the
serial number of the current Battery simulation file; ZZ indicates the total
number of the Battery simulation file.
6. Rotate the knob to select the Battery simulation file.
7. Press the Left/Right key to select Load, and press [Enter].
8. Press [Esc] to return. Press the Left/Right key to select Save, and press
[Enter] to save the Battery simulation file imported from the current USB
flash disc Import to the machine.
• FTP Import

1. Connect the instrument and FTP service via LAN.

2. Open the edited battery simulation curve file in the local site of the FTP
service.
Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 138
 Power Supply Function

3. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to

enter the function menu.
4. Use knob to select 5.Battery Emulator: Off and press [Enter].
The interface is displayed as follows:
FUNCTION BEMULATOR
User-define Curve
5. Enter the Curve→FTP, and press [Enter].
Rotate the knob, and the system will automatically read all .csv format
files in the FTP service remote site at this time. The interface is displayed
as follows:
XXX.csv
Not-Load Load YY/ZZ
XXX indicates the name of the Battery simulation file; YY indicates the
serial number of the current Battery simulation file; ZZ indicates the total
number of the Battery simulation file.
6. Rotate the knob to select the Battery simulation file.
7. Press the Left/Right key to select Load, and press [Enter].
8. Press [Esc] to return. Press the Left/Right key to select Save, and press
[Enter] to save the Battery simulation file imported from the current FTP
Import to the machine.

Run Battery Simulation File

After the battery simulation file is edited, you can select a file to run directly.
After executing Run, you also need to set the initial state of charge (SOC),
which is the ratio of the present battery's capacity divided by the full voltage
capacity.
• Run a user-defined battery simulation file

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to

enter the function menu.
2. Use knob to select 5.Battery Emulator: Off and press [Enter].

The interface is displayed as follows:

FUNCTION BEMULATOR
User-define Curve
3. Enter the User-define→Open, and set the Recall File to select the file to
run, press [Enter].

4. Press the Left/Right key to select Run and press [Enter].

5. Set the Initial Value and press [Enter].

The instrument will enter the battery simulation test mode and wait for
the function to be triggered.
6. Turn on the [On/Off].

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 139

 Power Supply Function

7. Based on the selected trigger method, perform the trigger operation.

The trigger method of the battery simulation is consistent with the trig-
ger method of the List function, that is, the List trigger source is also
effective for the Battery Emulator.

• Run battery simulation curve file

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to

enter the function menu.

2. Use knob to select 5.Battery Emulator: Off and press [Enter].

The interface is displayed as follows:

FUNCTION BEMULATOR
User-define Curve

3. Enter the Curve→RECALL, and set the Recall File to select the file to
run, press [Enter].

4. Press the Left/Right key to select Run and press [Enter].

5. Set the Initial Value and press [Enter].

The instrument will enter the battery simulation test mode and wait for
the function to be triggered.
6. Turn on the [On/Off].

7. Based on the selected trigger method, perform the trigger operation.

The trigger method of the battery simulation is consistent with the trig-
ger method of the List function, that is, the List trigger source is also
effective for the Battery Emulator.

After the battery simulation is triggered, the VFD screen displays as follows:
12.000V 2.000A
12.0Ah 12.5%SOC
• The first line shows the voltage and current Meter values in real time.

• The second line shows the present battery capacity and the actual state of
charge (SOC).

Stop/Reset Battery Simulation Test

As the battery simulation test runs, the SOC value is constantly changing:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 140

 Power Supply Function

• When the SOC rises (simulated charge), the voltage will also rise. When the
voltage reaches full voltage (Full Voltage), the voltage will continue to rise.

If you want to stop testing when the voltage reaches full voltage, turn on the
OVP function and set the OVP level to the full voltage value. See 4.5.1 Set
Over-Voltage Protection (OVP) for details.
• When the SOC drops (simulated discharge), the voltage will also drop.
When the voltage reaches empty voltage (Empty Voltage), the voltage will
continue to drop.

If you want to stop testing when the voltage reaches empty voltage, turn on
the UVP function and set the UVP level to the empty voltage value. See
4.5.5 Set Under-Voltage Protection (UVP) for details.

If you want to stop running during the battery simulation test, you can do the fol-
lowing: Press the composite keys [Shift]+[I-set] (Function) on the front panel to
enter the function menu.

At this point, the interface will prompt whether to stop the running of the Func-
tion, you can press the Left/Right key to select Stop, then the running will be
stopped, and the Function menu item will be displayed, you can re-enter the
Function menu for editing; if Reset is selected, it means that it will not stop run-
ning, it will return to the main interface, and run battery simulation test again.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 141

 Basic Operation

5 Basic Operation
This chapter describes the basic functions and features of the instrument. Div-
ided into the following sections:

♦ Local/Remote Mode Switch

♦ Key Lock Function
♦ Save and Recall Operations
♦ Data Logging Function
♦ Set the Beeper Status (Beep)
♦ Set the Power-on State (PowerOn)
♦ Sense Function (Sense)
♦ Select Trigger Source (Trig Source)
♦ Set the Communication Information (I/O Con)
♦ Set Parallel Operation Mode (Parallel)
♦ Digital I/O Function (Digital Port)
♦ Analogue Function (Ext-Program) (Optional)
♦ View the System Information (System Info)
♦ Restored to Factory Setting (System Reset)
♦ System Upgrade

5.1 Local/Remote Mode Switch

The power supply provides both local and remote operation modes. The default
mode of the power supply is local operation mode.

• Local operation mode: Use the front panel keys to control the power supply.

• Remote operation mode: The power supply is connected to PC, and the user
uses the software in PC to control the power supply remotely.
– During remote control operation, the remote symbol “Rmt” is displayed.
All panel keys, except the [On/Off] and [Shift]+[3] (Local) keys, are
locked.
– You can press [Shift]+[3] (Local) to switch the remote control to local
control. The mode modification will not affect the output parameters of
the power supply.

5.2 Key Lock Function

This function can prevent the power supply from the panel keys misoperation
during usage. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[2] (Lock) to lock front panel
keys and the lock symbol “*” is shown on the front panel display. All panel keys,

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 142

 Basic Operation

except the [On/Off] and [Shift]+[2] (Lock) keys, are locked. You can repress
[Shift]+[2] (Lock) to unlock the front panel.

5.3 Save and Recall Operations

This series power supply can save up to 10 common parameters in nonvolatile
memory (No. 1 to No. 10) for user to recall conveniently. The saved settings in-
clude the following parameters.

Category Parameter

Main interface Voltage setting: Vs

Current setting: Is

Upper limit of voltage: Vh, and lower limit of voltage: Vl

Upper limit of current: I+, and lower limit of current: I-

Upper limit of power: P+, and lower limit of power: P-

The output status of the instrument: [On/Off]

Config menu CC/CV loop priority mode: Mode

CC/CV loop speed: Speed

Voltage/Current rise time: V-Rise Time/I-Rise Time

Voltage/Current fall time: V-Fall Time/I-Fall Time

On/Off switch delay: On Delay/Off Delay

Internal resistance of the power supply: Output Res

Protect menu OCP/OVP/OPP/UCP/UVP switch status: On/Off

OCP/OVP/OPP/UCP/UVP limit setting: Level

OCP/OVP/OPP/UCP/UVP delay time: Delay

UCP/UVP warm-up time: Warm-up

5.3.1 Save Operation

The save operation procedures are as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 143

 Basic Operation

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[Recall] (Save) to enter the parameter

save interface. (1U Model)

2. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[+/-] (Save) to enter the parameter save
interface. (2U Model)
3. Set the storage location.

Enter a number in the "Save data to bank=1" to set the storage location in
non-volatile memory.
4. Press [Enter] to save the parameters.

5.3.2 Recall Operation

You can recall the parameters you saved in the specified memory location as
the setting values.

1. Press [Recall] to enter the parameter recall interface.

2. Set the storage location.

Enter a number in the “Recall data from bank=1” to set the storage location
in non-volatile memory.

3. Press [Enter] to recall the parameters.

5.4 Data Logging Function

This series Bi-directional Programmable DC Power Supply supports the record-
ing and saving of test data. This Chapter introduces how to use this function in
details.

The user can select the following data sources for recording:
• Voltage

Only records voltage data during the data acquisition period.

• Current

Only records current data during the data acquisition period.

• Voltage and current

Records current and voltage data during the data acquisition period.

Configure the Function Menu

1. Press the composite button [Shift]+[1] (Log) on the front panel to enter the
configuration menu of the data logging function.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 144

 Basic Operation

The parameters are described as follows:

Menu Item Description Setting

Sample This parameter indicates the data

Period sampling interval (unit: s), that is, the
test data is recorded once every X
seconds.
The input range supported by the in- Set the value by in-
strument is: 0.0001-100s putting the value
Duration This parameter indicates the time for through the number
data recording (unit: s), namely, the key or rotating the
data recording will be completed in Y knob.
seconds and be ready for the next
data record.
The input range supported by the in-
strument is: 0-50000000s

Source This parameter indicates the source

of recorded data, including voltage
(V), current (I), voltage and current
(V+I).

Data Type This parameter indicates the type of

recorded data, including:
• Aver: This is the default selected
Use the Left and
data type, namely, the average of
Right arrow key or
all data acquired in the data re-
the rotation knob to
cording period as indicated in the
select.
table of saved data.
• Aver+Max+Min: If this option is
selected, it means the average
value, maximum value and mini-
mum value of data acquired in the
data recording period as indicated
in the data saving table.

2. Set the value of Sample Period and press [Enter].

3. Set the value of Duration and press [Enter].

4. Set the value of Source and press [Enter].

5. Set the value of Data Type and press [Enter].

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 145

 Basic Operation

Select the Trigger Method

See the steps in the 5.8 Select Trigger Source (Trig Source) section to set how
the data logging is triggered.

This setting result is only valid for data recording function. When List function
is used, the method for triggering the running of List files needs to be addi-
tionally set (by default, triggered by the panel).

Start Data Logging

• Before this operation, make sure to connect the USB memory de-
vice to the memory port on the front panel (The USB interface on
the rear panel can only be used for connecting the PC) so that the
recorded data can be stored in the external storage device. Other-
wise, the Data Recording function is not available for usage.

• Do not connect the USB communication interface on the rear panel

to the PC, otherwise the Data Recording function will be unavail-
able. If you need a communication connection with a PC, use a
communication interface other than USB, such as LAN.

• Trigger immediately

Perform a trigger operation immediately.

• Manual

Press the composite button [Shift] + [On/Off] (Trigger) on the front panel to
trigger.

• Bus

Triggered by the SCPI instruction, for example, when the instrument re-
ceives the trigger command *TRG, a trigger operation is performed.

• Voltage trigger

When the DC terminals detect that the voltage reaches the trigger voltage
setting value and is within the range of the upper and lower trigger limits, a
data recording operation is triggered.

– Level: Trigger threshold.

– Up-Level: Trigger upper limit value.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 146

 Basic Operation

– Down-Level: Trigger lower limit value.

• Current trigger

When the DC terminals detect that the current reaches the trigger current
setting value and is within the range of the upper and lower trigger limits, a
data recording operation is triggered.

– Level: Trigger threshold.

– Up-Level: Trigger upper limit value.

– Down-Level: Trigger lower limit value.

• External

Connect to pin 4 of the digital I/O interface (P-IO) and set pin 4 to Ext-Trig→-
Trig-In→Dlog to trigger.

For details, see 5.11.4 IO–4.Trig(in), Not-Invert.

After the data recording function is started, the recorded data is saved in USB
memory device in .csv format. The user can get access to these files for analy-
sis based on needs.

5.5 Set the Beeper Status (Beep)

The user can turn the instrument beeper sound on or off base on personal
requirement.

The beeper sound works in the following scenarios:

• A beeper sound produced when the front panel key is pressed.

• When an error is generated inside the instrument, such as when the instru-
ment receives an unprocessable command in the remote state. At this time,
the instrument produces a beeper sound, and the flag “Error” appears on the
VFD.
• When the instrument is under protection status, such as over-temperature
protection. At this time, the instrument produces the beeper sound.

The setting procedures are as follows:

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.

The first displayed menu item Beep is used to set the beeper status.

2. Press [Enter] key to enter the parameter setting interface.

3. Press the Left / Right key or turn the knob to adjust the value of this
parameter.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 147

 Basic Operation

• On: Default value, indicates the beeper is on.

• Off: Indicates the beeper is off.

4. After the parameter settings are complete, press [Enter].

At this point, the beeper status takes effect immediately.

5.6 Set the Power-on State (PowerOn)

This menu item is used to control the settings and output state when the power
supply is powered on.

The detailed power-on parameters and output state are as follows.

• The voltage, current, power setting values displayed on the main interface
when the instrument is powered on.
• Parameter setting values in the Config menu.

• The output state of the power supply, i.e., the [On/Off] key state.

The procedures to set the menu item are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.
2. Turn the knob to select the PowerOn and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left / Right key or turn the knob to adjust the value of this
parameter.

• Reset: Default value, indicates when the instrument is powered on, the
instrument will initialize some parameter settings or state.

The affected parameters and the reset information are as shown in the
following table.

Table 5–1 Initial value of the parameter

Category Parameter Initial Value

Main Voltage setting: Vs 0.002V(10V models)

interface 0.2V(Other models)

Current setting: Is One percent of the

rated current of the
instrument

Upper limit of voltage: Vh, and Upper limit value:

lower limit of voltage: Vl 0.002V(10V models)

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 148

 Basic Operation

Category Parameter Initial Value

Upper limit value: 0.2V

(Other models)
Lower limit value: 0

Upper limit of current: I+, and One percent of the

lower limit of current: I- rated current of the
instrument

Upper limit of power: P+, and Rated power value of

lower limit of power: P- the instrument

[On/Off] status Off

Config Mode CV
menu

Speed High

V-Rise Time/I-Rise Time 0.1s

V-Fall Time/I-Fall Time

Output Res 1000

On Delay/Off Delay 0

• Last: Indicates when powered on, the instrument will remain the same
parameter settings and output status as last time you powered off the
instrument.

• Last+Off: Indicates when powered on, the instrument will remain the
same settings as last time you powered off the instrument, but the output
status is Off.

4. After the parameter settings are complete, press [Enter].

For example, Last is selected, and the voltage value is set to 8V. After the
instrument is powered off and then powered on, the voltage displayed on the
interface is 8V.

5.7 Sense Function (Sense)

This menu item is used to switch the power supply to local measurement or re-
mote sensing.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 149

 Basic Operation

This series power supply supports two connection methods: Local measure-
ment and Remote sensing. The remote sensing is used for maximizing meas-
urement accuracy. (Refer to 2.4 Connecting the Device Under Test (DUT))

The procedures to set the menu item are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.
2. Turn the knob to select the Sense and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left / Right key or turn the knob to adjust the value of this
parameter.

• Off: Default value, indicates turn the sense function off.

• On: Indicates turn the sense function on.

4. After the parameter settings are complete, press [Enter].

5.8 Select Trigger Source (Trig Source)

For this series power supply, the List and data logging functions can be trig-
gered for running by the following methods:
• Immediate: Perform a trigger operation immediately.

• Manual: Default value, indicates the trigger occurs when the

[Shift]+[On/Off] (Trigger) keys are pressed from the front panel.

• Bus: Indicates the trigger occurs via the communication cables. When the
trigger command *TRG is received, the instrument generates a trigger.
• Voltage (only available in DLogTrig Source): Voltage trigger.

When the DC terminals detect that the voltage reaches the trigger voltage
setting value and is within the range of the upper and lower trigger limits, a
data recording operation is triggered.
– Level: Trigger threshold.

– Up-Level: Trigger upper limit value.

– Down-Level: Trigger lower limit value.

• Current (only available in DLogTrig Source): Current trigger.

When the DC terminals detect that the current reaches the trigger current
setting value and is within the range of the upper and lower trigger limits, a
data recording operation is triggered.
– Level: Trigger threshold.

– Up-Level: Trigger upper limit value.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 150

 Basic Operation

– Down-Level: Trigger lower limit value.

• External: Indicates the trigger occurs via the pin 4 of the digital I/O interface
(P-IO).

For details, see 5.11.4 IO–4.Trig(in), Not-Invert.

The List function and the data logging function have the same steps for select-
ing the trigger source. They need to be set separately in different menu items
(ListTrig Source and DLogTrig Source). Therefore, this section takes the List
trigger source setting as an example to introduce the operation steps.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.
2. Turn the knob to select the ListTrig Source and press [Enter].

• When setting the trigger source for data logging, select the
DLogTrig Source menu item.

• The List trigger source set here is also valid for triggering other functions in
the Function menu.

3. Press the Left / Right key or turn the knob to adjust the value of this
parameter.
4. After the parameter settings are complete, press [Enter].

5.9 Set the Communication Information (I/O Con)

This menu item is used to set the communication information between instru-
ment and PC. The standard communication interfaces for this series power sup-
ply are USB, LAN, CAN and VCP. You can also select the non-standard
interface GPIB or RS-232 or EtherCAT based on personal requirement.

The procedures to set the menu item are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.
2. Turn the knob to select the I/O and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left / Right key or turn the knob to adjust the value of this
parameter.

4. After the parameter settings are complete, press [Enter].

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 151

 Basic Operation

• The default communication method is USB. If other communication method

is selected, the related parameters need to be set. For detailed parameter
description, refer to 2.5 Remote Interface Connection.

• The instrument supports the non-standard RS-232, GPIB and EtherCAT in-
terfaces, and the configuration items in the menu are dynamically displayed
according to the interface user selected.

5.10 Set Parallel Operation Mode (Parallel)

This menu item is used to control whether the instrument is working in single
mode or in parallel mode. This chapter takes three instruments as an example
to describe how to parallelize the single units and how to return from parallel
mode to single mode.

The maximum power of this series power supply is 12 kW. The user can con-
nect power supply in parallel to provide a greater current and power capability.
The following figure shows three units connected in parallel, the fiber optical is
used as connection between master and slaves.

• Parallel connection is not recommended under the PV simulation function of

SAS/PV models.

• This series 10V of 2U models can support up to 8 units in parallel, other models
can support up to 16 units in parallel.

Configure the Menu Item

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.

2. Turn the knob to select the Parallel and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left / Right key or turn the knob to adjust the value of this
parameter.
• Single: Default value, indicates that the instrument is in single mode.

• Master: Indicates that the current single unit is set to master in parallel
mode. When set to Master, you also need to set the number of slaves to
be mounted for the master, so you need to set the value of the Total pa-
rameter. For example, setting Total = 3 means that the total number of
units in the parallel relationship is 3.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 152

 Basic Operation

In the parallel mode, you only need to operate the master. Synchro-
nous operations on other slaves are implemented by operating the
master.

• Slave: Indicates that the instrument is set to the slave in parallel mode.

4. After the parameter settings are complete, press [Enter].

Set the Parallel Mode

• Before connecting the fiber optical, you must ensure that each in-
strument is in single mode (Single).
• Fiber optic cables cannot be flexed or folded. When the cable is too
long and needs to be arranged, gently wrap the cable in a circle and
gently tie it.

• Before connecting the cables, ensure that the instrument power

switch is off and the main switch of the AC power input (distribu-
tion box) is off.
• Before connecting 3 single instruments to the AC distribution box,
ensure that the distribution box capacity is sufficient. Refer to the
corresponding specifications for the AC input parameters of a sin-
gle instrument.

The operation steps of parallel function are described below taking 3 instru-
ments (1 Master and 2 Slave) in parallel as an example.
1. Ensure that the power switches of the three units and the main switch of the
AC power distribution box are off.
2. Refer Figure 5–1 Wiring connection diagram to connect three units.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 153

 Basic Operation

Figure 5–1 Wiring connection diagram

a. Connect the AC input terminals of the three units separately, and connect
them to the AC distribution box.
b. Connect the DC output terminals of the three units in parallel and connect
them to the DUT.
c. Refer to the blue wiring legend in the figure, connect the fiber optical (i.e.,
the fiber outer ring interfaces TX and RX) for fiber-optic communication
between the master and slaves.
3. Turn on the main switch of the AC distribution box and power on each of the
three units.
4. Set three units in parallel mode with one master and two slaves.
a. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to
enter the system menu.
b. Set Parallel to Master or Slave and press [Enter].
c. After setting the Master, you need to set Total to 3.
For details, see Configure the Menu Item.
5. After the parallel menu of the three units are set, restart the instrument
separately.
After the instrument is restarted, the VFD shows that the instrument is work-
ing in parallel mode.

Revert to Single Mode

1. Set each of the three instruments to single mode.

a. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to
enter the system menu.
b. Set the Parallel to Single.
For details, see Configure the Menu Item.
2. Power off the three instruments and turn off the main switch of the AC distri-
bution box.
3. Remove the cables connection of the fiber optical and DC output terminals
between three units.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 154

 Basic Operation

4. Power on the three instruments separately.

After the instrument is restarted, the VFD shows that the instrument is work-
ing in single mode.

5.11 Digital I/O Function (Digital Port)

This series power supply supports digital I/O function. The user can realize logic
control over signal input or output by related configurations in the system menu.

Pins Introduction

Different I/O implements different functions. The detailed functions description

are shown in the figure below:

Pin Type Description (Default function) Properties

1 Input/Output Ps-Fault-Clear, clear the protec- Pulse signal

tion state.

2 Input/Output Ps, protection state indicator. Level signal

3 Input/Output Off-Status, OnOff-status Level signal

indicator.

4 Input/Output Trig(in), trig signal. Pulse signal

5 Input/Output INH-Living, Turn off the output Pulse signal

under emergency status.

6 Input/Output Sync-On, synchronous on Pulse signal

control.

7 Input/Output Sync-Off, synchronous off Pulse signal

control.

GND Ground terminal, that is, the negative terminal Level signal
corresponding to each of the above 7 pins.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 155

 Basic Operation

In this chapter, all the pulse signals involved in the digital I/O function are
switched from high level to low level.

General Digital I/O Function

• Signal definition
Digital I/O functions involve input and output levels and pulse signals. The in-
put signal is the control signal provided externally to IT-M3900C, the output
signal is the level signal provided externally by IT-M3900C, and the pulse
signal is the edge signal switched between high and low levels.

Typical: 5V
High level signal Range: 1.6V-15V
Current: ≤100mA
Input signal
Typical: 0V
Low level signal Range: -5V-0.8V
Current: ≤100mA
High level signal Voltage level: 5V
Output signal
Low level signal Voltage level: 0V
Level rise slope 10us
Pulse Level fall slope 2us
Width 30us

• Input/Output Function
The IO-1 ~ IO-7 pins are featured default function, the user can setting the
function of pin according to requirement. The Input and Output are the gen-
eral digital I/O function, and the parameter settings and functions of the sev-
en pins are the same.
The IO-1~IO-7 pins provide default functions. Users can realize control ac-
cording to the functions defined. Users can also reset the input or output
properties of the present pin and customize the function use of the pin ac-
cording to their needs.
– When pins 1 to 7 are configured to Output function, either high level
(False) or low level (True) can be Output.
– When pins 1 to 7 are configured to Input function, an external signal can
be Input to this pin, and the instrument can detect the state of the exter-
nal signal.
– Under the default condition (Not-Invert), when the pin (1 to 7) is config-
ured as Output→PWM, the user needs to set the frequency (PWM Freq)
and duty cycle (PWM Duty) values. For example, if the PWM Freq is set

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 156

 Basic Operation

to 100Hz and the PWM Duty is set to 10%, the output waveform is as
follows:

In the above figure, the peak voltage (minimum value) is 5.16V and
the cycle is 10ms. The high level duration is 9ms and the low level du-
ration is 1ms in one cycle.

• Signal Revert
Select Invert or not under the IO Settings menu. If setting to Not-Invert, it
means the default level will be valid. If setting to Invert, it means the valid sig-
nal is reversed. For example, the IO-5 pin is inhibit output by default and the
high level is valid, when select revert Invert, the low level is valid and the in-
strument output is disabled.

5.11.1 IO–1. Ps-Clear, Not-Invert

IO-1 pin can be set to 【Ps-Clear】, 【Input】, 【Output】.

Parameter Description

IO–1. Ps-Clear, Parameter setting for pin 1.

Not-Invert

Not- Indicates whether to invert the input/output

Invert pulse or level signal.

Invert
• Invert: Yes
• Not-Invert: No

Ps- This default function means that when

Clear the instrument generates protection,

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 157

 Basic Operation

the protection state can be cleared via

this pin.

Input Pin 1 receives the level signal from

the outside.

Output Pin 1 sends the digital signal (1, 0,

PWM) to the outside.

True By default (Not-Invert), the

output digital signal is 1 (i.e.
low level), and in the case of
Invert, the output is high
level.

False By default (Not-Invert), the

output digital signal is 0 (i.e.
high level), and in the case of
Invert, the output is low level.

PWM Digital signal of PWM.

PWM Freq Frequency

PWM Duty Duty cycle

How to Use

When pin 1 is set to default Ps-Clear function, pin 1 has bi-directional I/O func-
tion, which can receive pulse signal input from the external instrument and also
can output pulse signal to external instrument. Pulse signal parameter require-
ments are as follows:

Level rise slope 10us

Level fall slope 2us

Minimum time width 30us

for low level keep

• Pulse input: When the instrument is under protection, the instrument will
clear protection after receiving the pulse signal from external input.

1. Refer to the figure below to connect pin 1 to the external oscilloscope.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 158

 Basic Operation

2. Confirm that pin 1 function is set to the default option, namely

IO-1. Ps-Clear, Not-Invert.
3. Taking OVP as an example, set the protection point of OVP.

4. Build the test environment to enable the instrument to enter the OVP
state.

5. Send pulse signal to pin 1.

6. Check whether the protection state of this instrument is cleared.

• Pulse output: When the instrument’s protection state is released, and

[On/Off] is from Off to On, pin 1 will send a pulse signal to the external
instrument.

1. After confirming that the instrument’s OVP protection is cleared, man-

ually turn on [On/Off].
2. Check the oscilloscope and confirm whether pin 1 has pulse output.

5.11.2 IO–2. Ps, Not-Invert

IO-2 pin can be set to 【Ps】, 【Input】, 【Output】.

Parameter Description

IO–2. Ps, Not- Parameter setting for pin 2.

Invert

Not- Indicates whether to invert the input/output

Invert pulse or level signal.

Invert
• Invert: Yes

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 159

 Basic Operation

• Not-Invert: No

Ps This default function means the output

level from pin 2, which displays that
whether the instrument is under pro-
tection or not.

Input Pin 2 receives the level signal from

the outside.

Output Pin 2 sends the digital signal (1, 0,

PWM) to the outside.

True By default (Not-Invert), the

output digital signal is 1 (i.e.
low level), and in the case of
Invert, the output is high
level.

False By default (Not-Invert), the

output digital signal is 0 (i.e.
high level), and in the case of
Invert, the output is low level.

PWM Digital signal of PWM.

PWM Freq Frequency

PWM Duty Duty cycle

How to Use

When pin 2 is set to default Ps function, pin 2 will output high or low level based
on whether the instrument is under protection or not. Under normal conditions
(Not under protection), and when pin 2 is under default setting (Not-Invert), pin
2 outputs high level; when the instrument is under protection, pin 2 outputs low
level.

When pin 2 is set to Invert, the output level is completely opposite.

1. Refer to the figure below to connect pin 2 to the external oscilloscope.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 160

 Basic Operation

2. Confirm that pin 2 function is set to the default option, namely

IO-2. Ps, Not-Invert.
3. Taking OVP as an example, set the protection point of OVP.

4. Build the test environment to enable the instrument to enter the OVP state.

5. Check the oscilloscope and confirm that pin 2 outputs low level.

5.11.3 IO–3. Off-Status, Not-Invert

IO-3 pin can be set to 【Off-Status】, 【Input】, 【Output】.

Parameter Description

IO–3. Off-Sta- Parameter setting for pin 3.

tus, Not-Invert

Not- Indicates whether to invert the input/output pulse

Invert or level signal.

Invert
• Invert: Yes
• Not-Invert: No

Off- This default function indicates the exist-

Status ing [On/Off] state of the instrument.

Input Pin 3 receives the level signal from the

outside.

Output Pin 3 sends the digital signal (1, 0, PWM)

to the outside.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 161

 Basic Operation

True By default (Not-Invert), the out-

put digital signal is 1 (i.e. low lev-
el), and in the case of Invert, the
output is high level.

False By default (Not-Invert), the out-

put digital signal is 0 (i.e. high
level), and in the case of Invert,
the output is low level.

PWM Digital signal of PWM.

PWM Freq Frequency

PWM Duty Duty cycle

How to Use

When pin 3 is set to default Off-Status function, pin 3 will trigger level output
based on the [On/Off] state of the instrument. When it is set to (Not-Invert), the
[On/Off] is turned off, and pin 3 outputs high level; the[On/Off] is turned on, and
pin 3 outputs low level.

When pin 3 is set to Invert, the output level is completely opposite.

1. Refer to the figure below to connect pin 3 to the external oscilloscope.

2. Confirm that pin 3 function is set to the default option, namely

IO-3. Off-Status, Not-Invert.
3. Turn on [On/Off].

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 162

 Basic Operation

4. Check the oscilloscope and confirm that pin 3 outputs low level.

5.11.4 IO–4.Trig(in), Not-Invert

IO-4 pin can be set to 【Trig(in)】, 【Input】, 【Output】.

Parameter Description

IO–4.Trig Parameter setting for pin 4.

(in), Not-
Invert

Not- Indicates whether to invert the input/output pulse or

Invert level signal.

Invert
• Invert: Yes
• Not-Invert: No

Trig(in) This default function means that pin 4 of

the P-IO performs bi-direction control over
the instrument’s trigger function.

Trig–Out Indicates that when the instru-

ment generates a signal (which
triggers the Meter function, Da-
ta Recording function and List
function runs for a limited time),
pin 4 will output a pulse signal.

Trig-In Indicates that the instrument

will trigger the running of one of
the functions below after receiv-
ing the external pulse signal.

Meter Triggers the run-

ning of Meter
function. This
function needs to
be triggered at
the upper com-
puter side
through SCPI in-
struction. For de-
tails, refer to
instructions

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 163

 Basic Operation

related to AC-
Quire in the Trig-
ger subsystem of
the Instruction
Manual.

Dlog Triggers the run-

ning of data re-
cording function.

List Triggers the run-

ning of List files.

Input Pin 4 receives the level signal from the

outside.

Output Pin 4 sends the digital signal (1, 0, PWM)

to the outside.

True By default (Not-Invert), the out-

put digital signal is 1 (i.e. low
level), and in the case of Invert,
the output is high level.

False By default (Not-Invert), the out-

put digital signal is 0 (i.e. high
level), and in the case of Invert,
the output is low level.

PWM Digital signal of PWM.

PWM Freq Frequency

PWM Duty Duty cycle

How to Use

Taking the triggering of List function as an example, the text below will introduce
how to use pin 4’s default function Ext-Trig.

• Trig–Out

1. Refer to the figure below to connect pin 4 to the external oscilloscope.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 164

 Basic Operation

2. Set pin 4’s function to Not-Invert and Trig-Out.

3. Recall the edited List file for trigger running.

4. Press [Shift]+[On/Off] (Trigger) on the front panel to trigger the running

of List files.

ListTrig Source is set to Manual.

5. Check the oscilloscope and confirm whether pin 4 has following pulse
signal output.

Level rise slope 10us

Level fall slope 2us

Minimum time width 30us

for low level keep

• Trig-In

1. Refer to the figure below to connect pin 4 to the external oscilloscope.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 165

 Basic Operation

2. Set pin 4’s function to Not-Invert and Trig-In→List.

3. Recall the edited List file for trigger running.

4. Set ListTrig Source to External.

5. Send pulse signals as per the following requirements from the external
oscilloscope to pin 4.

Level rise slope 10us

Level fall slope 2us

Minimum time width 30us

for low level keep

6. Observe the VFD screen on the instrument’s front panel to confirm

whether the List file is running or not.

5.11.5 IO–5. INH-Living, Not-Invert

IO-5 pin can be set to 【Inhibit】, 【Input】, 【Output】.

Parameter Description

IO–5. Living, Parameter setting for pin 5.

Not-Invert

Not- Indicates whether to invert the input/output pulse or

Invert level signal.

Invert
• Invert: Yes

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 166

 Basic Operation

• Not-Invert: No

Inhibit This default function means that pin 5 of

the P-IO controls the operation of the
instrument.

Living Select Living, and power supply

will be operated in the mode of
Living.

Latch Select Latch, and power supply

will be operated in the mode of
Latch.

Input Pin 5 receives the level signal from the

outside.

Output Pin 5 sends the digital signal (1, 0, PWM)

to the outside.

True By default (Not-Invert), the out-

put digital signal is 1 (i.e. low
level), and in the case of Invert,
the output is high level.

False By default (Not-Invert), the out-

put digital signal is 0 (i.e. high
level), and in the case of Invert,
the output is low level.

PWM Digital signal of PWM.

PWM Freq Frequency

PWM Duty Duty cycle

How to Use

• When pin 5 is set to Inhibit-Living (Not-Invert), pin 5 can control the instru-
ment’s output state based on the level signal from external input.
– Under default conditions (namely, pin 5 is not connected), the input is
high level, and it will not impact the instrument’s output state.

– When the [On/Off] is in On state, input low level to pin 5, and it will im-
pact the output state: The [On/Off] button light is lighted on and VFD still
displays On, but the actual output is 0; when pin 5 receives high level sig-
nal again, the output state is recovered.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 167

 Basic Operation

If pin 5 is set to Invert, input high level to pin 5, and it will impact the out-
put state.

1. Referring to the figure below, connect pin 5 to the external oscilloscope.

2. Set pin 5’s function to Not-Invert andInhibit→Living.

3. Set voltage to 10V and turn on [On/Off].

4. Input low level to pin 5.

At this point, the [On/Off] button light is lighted on, and VFD indicator
light on the front panel displays On, while voltage/current Meter value
gradually decreases to 0, the output function is prohibited. In addition,
the VFD screen on the front panel displays INH.

5. Input high level to pin 5.

At this point, [On/Off] button light is lighted on, and VFD indicator light on
the front panel displays On, and voltage/current Meter value gradually re-
covers to 10V, and the output function is re-initiated.

• When pin 5 is set to Inhibit-Latch (Not-Invert), pin 5 can control the instru-
ment’s output state based on the pulse signal from external input. The pa-
rameter requirements of this pulse signal are as follows:

Level rise slope 10us

Level fall slope 2us

Minimum time width 30us

for low level keep

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 168

 Basic Operation

– Under default conditions (pin 5 is not connected), it will not effect the in-
strument’s output state.

– If [On/Off] is in On state, when pin 5 receives pulse signal, [On/Off] will

be turned off: The [On/Off] button light is lighted off, and the VFD indica-
tor light displays Off.

After confirming that the [On/Off] can be turned on again, the user needs
to manually turn on [On/Off].

1. Referring to the figure below, connect pin 5 to the external oscilloscope.

2. Set pin 5’s function to Not-Invert andInhibit→Latch.

3. Set voltage to 10V and turn on [On/Off].

4. Input pulse signal to pin 5.

At this point, the [On/Off] button light is lighted off, and the VFD indicator
light on the front panel displays Off, and the output function is switched
off. In addition, the VFD screen on the front panel displays Inhibit-Ps.
When the protection state is cleared, manually turn on [On/Off] again.

5.11.6 IO–6. Sync-On, Not-Invert

IO-6 pin can be set to 【Sync-On】, 【Input】, 【Output】.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 169

 Basic Operation

Parameter Description

IO–6. Sync- Parameter setting for pin 6.

On, Not-
Invert

Not- Indicates whether to invert the input/output pulse or

Invert level signal.

Invert
• Invert: Yes
• Not-Invert: No

Sync-On This default function means that pin 6 per-

forms bi-directional and synchronous con-
trol over the turn-on of [On/Off].

Input Pin 6 receives the level signal from the

outside.

Output Pin 6 sends the digital signal (1, 0, PWM)

to the outside.

True By default (Not-Invert), the out-

put digital signal is 1 (i.e. low lev-
el), and in the case of Invert, the
output is high level.

False By default (Not-Invert), the out-

put digital signal is 0 (i.e. high lev-
el), and in the case of Invert, the
output is low level.

PWM Digital signal of PWM.

PWM Freq Frequency

PWM Duty Duty cycle

How to Use

When pin 6 is set to default Sync-On function, pin 6 has bi-directional I/O func-
tion, which can receive pulse signal input from the external instrument and also
can output pulse signal to external instrument. The parameter requirements of
this pulse signal are as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 170

 Basic Operation

Level rise slope 10us

Level fall slope 2us

Minimum time width 30us

for low level keep

The bi-direction I/O functions are introduced as below:

• Press [On/Off] on the instrument’s front panel, the instrument’s output is

changed from Off to On. At this point, the pulse signal output from pin 6 can
be detected.

• When the instrument’s [On/Off] is in On state, input pulse signal to pin 6,

and it will not impact the [On/Off] state.
• When the instrument’s [On/Off] is in Off state, when pulse signal is input to
pin 6, the [On/Off] will be changed from Off to ON.
Taking two instruments as an example, the operation is as below:

1. Referring to the figure below, connect pin 6 of two instruments to the exter-
nal oscilloscope.

2. Set pin 6’s function of two instruments to Not-Invert and Sync-On.

3. Confirm that the [On/Off] of both instruments is in Off state.

4. Set the voltage to 10V on the front panel of instrument A, and turn on
[On/Off].

At this time, check the oscilloscope. The instrument A’s pin 6 outputs pulse
signal and the instrument B’s output function is synchronously turned on.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 171

 Basic Operation

5.11.7 IO–7. Sync-Off, Not-Invert

IO-7 pin can be set to 【Sync-Off】, 【Input】, 【Output】.

Parameter Description

IO–7. Sync-Off, Parameter setting for pin 7.

Not-Invert

Not- Indicates whether to invert the input/output pulse

Invert or level signal.

Invert
• Invert: Yes
• Not-Invert: No

Sync- This default function means that pin 7

Off performs bi-directional and synchronous
control over the turn-off of [On/Off].

Input Pin 7 receives the level signal from the

outside.

Output Pin 7 sends the digital signal (1, 0,

PWM) to the outside.

True By default (Not-Invert), the out-

put digital signal is 1 (i.e. low
level), and in the case of
Invert, the output is high level.

False By default (Not-Invert), the out-

put digital signal is 0 (i.e. high
level), and in the case of
Invert, the output is low level.

PWM Digital signal of PWM.

PWM Freq Frequency

PWM Duty Duty cycle

How to Use

When pin 7 is set to default Sync-Off function, pin 7 has bi-directional I/O func-
tion, which can receive pulse signal input from the external instrument and also
can output pulse signal to external instrument. The parameter requirements of
this pulse signal are as follows:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 172

 Basic Operation

Level rise slope 10us

Level fall slope 2us

Minimum time width 30us

for low level keep

The bi-direction I/O functions are introduced as below:

• Press [On/Off] on the instrument’s front panel, the instrument’s output is

changed from On to Off. At this point, the pulse signal output from pin 7 can
be detected.

• When the instrument’s [On/Off] is in Off state, input pulse signal to pin 7,
and it will not impact the [On/Off] state.
• When the instrument’s [On/Off] is in On state, input pulse signal to pin 7,
and [On/Off] will be changed from On to Off.
Taking two instruments as an example, the operation is as below:

1. Referring to the figure below, connect pin 7 of two instruments to the exter-
nal oscilloscope.

2. Set pin 7’s function of two instruments to Not-Invert and Sync-Off.

3. Confirm that the [On/Off] of both instruments is in On state.

4. Press [On/Off] on the front panel of instrument A to turn off the output
function.

At this time, check the oscilloscope. The instrument A’s pin 7 outputs pulse
signal and the instrument B’s output function is synchronously turned off.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 173

 Basic Operation

5.12 Analogue Function (Ext-Program) (Optional)

The external analog quantity function means that the user can input an analog
signal in the range of –10V to 10V through the analog quantity input interface
for remote setting of the instrument’s input setting value. The external analog
quantity function is not the standard-equipped function for the instrument. It is
only available when the user selects the IT-E177 interface card.

The rear panel of this series of instrument provides an optional interface card in-
tegrating the RS-232 and analog quantity function. The interface card provides
the following capability:
• Remotely control voltage and current values.
• Remotely control voltage and current upper limit values.
• Remotely control voltage and current lower limit values.
• Remote monitoring of output voltage/current measurement.
• RS-232 communication interface, please refer to 2.5.5 RS–232 Interface
(Optional) for detailed description about the interface.

Analog Card Interface Introduction

The analog signal bandwidth is less than 100Hz, and the signal bandwidth sup-
ports any waveform. When the programmed signal frequency or amplitude ex-
ceeds the output capacity, the instrument will automatically limit the output
amplitude. The pins description is as below.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 174

 Basic Operation

Pins Name Type Description

1, 2, 3 TXD, Commu- RS232 interface connection terminal.

RXD, nication
DGND terminal

4 GND Ground Ground for analog inputs and outputs.

5 V-Monitor Analog Voltage monitor signal.

out

6 I-Monitor Analog Current monitor signal.

out

7 +10V Analog The +10V reference voltage output by

out the power supply can be connected to a
resistance subdivision for analog control.

8 Input1 Analog in The setting for the output voltage/current

value corresponds to Ch1 in the menu.
• CV priority: Specify the value of Vs.
• CC priority: Specify the value of Is.

9 Input2 Analog in The setting for the voltage/current upper

limit corresponds to Ch2 in the menu.
• CV priority: Specify the value of the
current upper limit I+.
• CC priority: Specify the value of the
voltage upper limit Vh.

10 Input3 Analog in The setting for the voltage/current lower

limit corresponds to Ch3 in the menu.
• CV priority: Specify the value of the
current lower limit I-.

• CC priority: Specify the value of the

voltage lower limit Vl.

Analog quantity menu description

When the analog quantity function is optionally equipped, the system menu dis-
plays the analog quantity menu. The analog quantity menu items and parame-
ters are described below:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 175

 Basic Operation

Ext-Program External analog function menu

On / Off Function switch:

• On: Turns on the external analog function.
In this state, the channel parameters cannot
be set.
• Off: Turns off the external analog function.
In this state, the channel parameters can be
set.

Ch1 Set the parameters of channel 1 (programmed

channel).

Mx Indicates the slope factor of channel 1.

Mb Indicates the offset of channel 1.

Ch2 Set the parameters of channel 2 (upper limit

channel).

Mx Indicates the slope factor of channel 2.

Mb Indicates the offset of channel 2.

Ch3 Set the parameters of channel 3 (lower limit

channel).

Mx Indicates the slope factor of channel 3.

Mb Indicates the offset of channel 3.

Analog Conversion Relationship Introduction

When the analog quantity control function of this series of instrument is used,
the user needs to set the conversion relationship of the analog quantity ex-
pected value based on requirements. The analog quantity values in each chan-
nel all follow the calculation relationship of y=Mx+b. The user needs to set the
MX (slope coefficient) and MB (offset) values in different channels in the analog
quantity menu. For calculation of the analog quantity value. The user can calcu-
late the M and b values based on the analog requirements in accordance with
the formula below.

Taking the Ch1 programming channel as an example, the user needs to convert
the values of Mx and Mb according to the following formulas, and then set the
two values through the front panel keys or SCPI remote commands.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 176

 Basic Operation

The principle of parameter setting of Ch1 and Ch2 and Ch3 is the same, so
the description will not be repeated.

Name Description

Vin1 Indicates the minimum voltage input to pin 8. The setting

range is from –10V to 10V.

Vin2 Indicates the maximum voltage input to pin 8. The setting

range is from –10V to 10V, and Vin2>Vin1.

Vout1 The minimum value of the output voltage in CV priority mode.

Vout2 The maximum value of the output voltage in CV priority mode,

and Vout2>Vout1.

Iout1 The minimum value of the output current in CC priority mode.

Iout2 The maximum value of the output current in CC priority mode,

and Iout2>Iout1.

• CV priority

• CC priority

How to Use

The following takes the CV priority mode as an example to introduce the usage
steps.

1. Refer to the figure below to complete the pin connection.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 177

 Basic Operation

2. Calculate the Mx and Mb under the Ch1, Ch2, Ch3 menus according to the
above formulas. The sample data used in this manual is shown in the table
below.

Pins Input Output Volt- Mx Mb Description

Voltage age / Current

8 Vin1 = 0 Vout1 = 0 10- 0 By inputting a volt-

0 age of 0V to 5V to
Vin2 = 5 Vout2 = 500
pin 8, the actual out-
put voltage Vs is
controlled from 0 to
500V.

9 Vin1 = 0 I+out1 = 0 3 0 By inputting a volt-

age of 0V to 10V to
Vin2 = 10 I+out2 = 30
pin 9, the actual out-
put current upper
limit I+ is controlled
from 0 to 30A.

10 Vin1 = -10 I-out1 = -30 1.5 -15 By inputting a volt-

age of -10V to 10V
Vin2 = 10 I-out2 = 0
to pin 10, the actual
output current lower
limit I- is controlled
from -30 to 0A.

3. Set MX and MB of the corresponding pins.

a. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to

enter the system menu.
b. Use knob key to select Ext-Program and press [Enter].

c. According to step 2, set Mx and Mb of the corresponding pins.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 178

 Basic Operation

d. Set the Ext-Program→On / Off to On to turn on the analog function.

4. Adjust the output of DC Power Supply 1 from 0V to 5V, and adjust the out-
put of DC Power Supply 2 from 0V to 10V , and adjust the output of
DC Power Supply 3 from -10V to 10V.

The actual output voltage and current of the instrument will change accord-
ing to the following rules:

• Pin 8 controls the actual output voltage of the instrument from 0V to

500V.

• Pin 9, pin 10 monitor the actual output current of the instrument: When
the output current is higher than the upper limit I+ set by pin 9, the instru-
ment outputs the current at the value of I+; When the output current is
lower than the lower limit I- set by pin 10, the instrument outputs the cur-
rent at the value of I-.

5.13 View the System Information (System Info)

This menu item is used to view the system information of the instrument.

The procedures to view the system information are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.
2. Turn the knob to select the System Info and press [Enter].

You can use knob to view the following system information.

Parameter Description

Model Display the instrument model.

SN Display the serial number.

Main Ver Display the system version information.

Ctrl1 Ver Display the version information of the control

panel 1.

Ctrl2 Ver Display the version information of the control

panel 2.

Date Display the system time.

Voltage Max Display the maximum voltage value.

Voltage Min Display the minimum voltage value.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 179

 Basic Operation

Current Max Display the maximum current value.

Current Min Display the minimum current value.

Power Max Display the maximum power value.

Power Min Display the minimum power value.

Resistance Max Display the maximum resistance value.

Resistance Min Display the minimum resistance value.

Current Limit Display the maximum current limit.

Run Time Display the power-on time.

Boot Update Info Boot update information.

5.14 Restored to Factory Setting (System Reset)

This menu item is used to restore some parameter settings to factory setting
values.

The procedures to set the menu item are as follows.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to en-
ter the system menu.

2. Turn the knob to select the System Reset and press [Enter].

3. Press the Left / Right key or turn the knob to adjust the value of this
parameter.
• No: Default value, indicates the instrument cancels this menu setting.

• Yes: Indicates the instrument restores the factory default settings.

4. After the parameter settings are complete, press [Enter].

The parameters affected by System Reset and the parameter values after
reset are shown in the following table.

Table 5–2 Initial value of the parameter

Category Parameter Initial Value

Main Voltage setting: Vs 0.002V(10V models)

interface 0.2V(Other models)

Current setting: Is One percent of the rated

current of the instrument

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 180

 Basic Operation

Category Parameter Initial Value

Upper limit of voltage: Vh, and Upper limit value:

lower limit of voltage: Vl 0.002V(10V models)
Upper limit value: 0.2V
(Other models)
Lower limit value: 0

Upper limit of current: I+, and One percent of the rated

lower limit of current: I- current of the instrument

Upper limit of power: P+, and Rated power value of

lower limit of power: P- the instrument

[On/Off] status Off

System Beep On
menu
PowerOn Reset

Sense Off

ListTrig Source Manual

DataLogger Trig Source Manual

I/O Con USB-VCP

Digital Port • IO–1: Ps-Clear

• IO–2: Ps

• IO–3: Off-Status
• IO–4: Trig(In)

• IO–5: INH-Living

• IO–6: Sync-On
• IO–7: Sync-Off

Parallel Single

Config Mode CV
menu

Speed High

V-Rise Time/I-Rise Time 0.1s

V-Fall Time/I-Fall Time

Output Res 1000

On Delay/Off Delay 0

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 181

 Basic Operation

Category Parameter Initial Value

Protect OVP/OCP/OPP/UCP/UVP Sta- Off

menu tus switch

OVP/OCP/OPP Protection point: Rated voltage / current /

Level power value of the
instrument

UCP/UVP Protection point: 0

Level

OVP/OCP/OPP/UCP/UVP Delay 60s

time: Delay

UCP/UVP Warm time: Warm-up

5.15 System Upgrade

This series power supply supports the upgrade of the system version. System
upgrade includes the following two methods:
• During the start-up period after the instrument is powered on, through the
USB interface on the front panel, select the system upgrading files in the
memory device (USB flash drive) for upgrading.
• The user can access to the Web service programs in the instrument by the
Web browser on PC for upgrading operation.

This Chapter introduces in detail how to upgrade the system with the USB inter-
face on the front panel. For the upgrading method of Web, see 2.5.2.1 Using
Web Server.

Before You Upgrade

Before upgrading, you need to note the following points:

1. Description about system upgrading files.

Before upgrading, please contact ITECH technical staff to obtain the follow-
ing two upgrading files, and put them under the root directory of the USB
flash drive.

• itech_3900_P.itech

System upgrading package postfixed with .itech.

• ItechConfig.txt

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 182

 Basic Operation

System upgrading configuration file in text format. Before performing the

upgrade, you need to open the configuration file with a text editing tool to
confirm that the system upgrade package name in the configuration file
is consistent with the present upgrading package name.

For example, when there are multiple system upgrading package post-
fixed with .itech in the root directory of your USB flash drive, you need to
use a text editing tool to open the configuration file and specify the up-
grade package name corresponding to the present upgrade operation.

2. The upgrading methods for single unit or units in parallel are slightly differ-
ent: Under the parallel mode, the user can select to upgrade all units or a
single unit only by operating the master. Therefore, the user needs to get ac-
cess to SN numbers of all instruments in the parallel network (To obtain the
unique ID for identifying instrument, see 5.13 View the System Information
(System Info)) for selective upgrading based on the SN number in subse-
quent upgrades.
3. If the upgrade fails, the interface will prompt Update fail. At this point, you
cannot use the instrument. Please contact ITECH technical staff for
treatment.

Upgrade Operation

• System Upgrade under Single-unit Mode

1. Insert the USB flash drive into the USB interface on the front panel of the
instrument.
2. Power on the instrument. At this point, press Shift for several times till
the instrument can detect the system upgrading files in the USB flash
drive.

After the system upgrading files are detected, the interface displays as
follows:
Update Now?
No Yes

If the USB flash drive is not detected, select Yes to detect again; if No
is selected, it means to exit upgrading, and the system will directly en-
ter into the main interface.

3. Select Yes, and press [Enter]. The system interface displays as follows:
Update Select:00/01
SN: ALL

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 183

 Basic Operation

4. Press the right button →, the system interface displays as follows:

Update Select:01/01
SN: ALL Y

Press [Enter], the system interface displays as follows:

Update ? 01/01
No Yes

5. Select Yes, and press [Enter].

The system will automatically perform upgrading.

If No is selected, it means to exit upgrading, and the system will di-

rectly enter into the main interface.

6. After the upgrading is completed, you need to restart the instrument

manually.

• System Upgrade under Parallel Mode (Only Need to Operate the Master)

1. Insert the USB flash drive into the USB interface on the front panel of the
instrument.

2. Power on the instrument. At this point, press Shift for several times till
the instrument can detect the system upgrading files in the USB flash
drive.

After the system upgrading files are detected, the interface displays as
follows:
Update Now?
No Yes

Select Yes, and press [Enter]. The interface displays as follows:

Update Select:xx/yy
SN: ALL
xx means the number of selected instruments to be upgraded, and yy
means the number of instruments in the parallel network.
3. Select upgrade in whole or in part based on actual needs. Then, press
[Enter].
– SN: ALL

Indicates to upgrade all.

– SN1: xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Indicates to upgrade the selected instrument. Rotate the knob to

check the SNs of all instruments in the parallel network; press Right

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 184

 Basic Operation

to select the instrument; and press Right again to deselect the

instrument.

4. Select Yes, and press [Enter].

The system will automatically perform upgrading.

If No is selected, it means to exit upgrading, and the system will di-

rectly enter into the main interface.

5. After the upgrading is completed, you need to restart the instrument

manually.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 185

 Technical Specification

6 Technical Specification
This chapter will introduce the main technical parameters of the instrument,
such as rated voltage/current/power and so on. Besides, we will introduce the
working environment and storage temperature.

♦ Main Specification
♦ IT-M3901C-10-170
♦ IT-M3903C-10-340
♦ IT-M3905C-10-510
♦ IT-M3910C-10-1020
♦ IT-M3902C-32-80
♦ IT-M3904C-32-160
♦ IT-M3906C-32-240
♦ IT-M3912C-32-480
♦ IT-M3902C-80-40
♦ IT-M3904C-80-80
♦ IT-M3902C-85-40SAS
♦ IT-M3904C-85-80SAS
♦ IT-M3906C-85-120SAS
♦ IT-M3901C-150-25PV
♦ IT-M3903C-150-50PV
♦ IT-M3906C-80-120
♦ IT-M3912C-80-240
♦ IT-M3902C-300-20
♦ IT-M3904C-300-40
♦ IT-M3906C-300-60
♦ IT-M3912C-300-120
♦ IT-M3902C-500-12
♦ IT-M3904C-500-24
♦ IT-M3906C-500-36
♦ IT-M3912C-500-72
♦ IT-M3902C-800-8
♦ IT-M3904C-800-16
♦ IT-M3906C-800-24
♦ IT-M3912C-800-48
♦ IT-M3906C-1500-12
♦ IT-M3912C-1500-24
♦ Supplemental Characteristics

6.1 Main Specification

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 186

 Technical Specification

6.1.1 IT-M3901C-10-170
Parameter IT-M3901C-10-170
Voltage 0～10V
Current -120A～170A
Power -1200W～1700W
Rated value
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0～0.06Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.009Ω～3Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.001Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series
（CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit：1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.2+0.008)

（CC priority） Upper limit：1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.2-0.008)
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤65mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤10mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 187

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3901C-10-170
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Rise Time( full load
Voltage ≤100ms
)
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤100ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Transient Response Voltage ≤10ms
Time
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.002%*I + 0.05%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -125A or 175A
OVP 10.5V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -1224W or 1734W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤2V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program sponds to current -170A to 170A (effective range
-120A to 170A)
Current -170A to 170A corresponds to external
External analog current monitor monitoring voltage -10V to 10V (effective range
（optional） -120A to 170A)
External programming voltage 0 to 10V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 10V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50Hz/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 1.85kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 92%

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 188

 Technical Specification

Power Factor 0.99

DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 10kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.2 IT-M3903C-10-340
Parameter IT-M3903C-10-340
Voltage 0～10V
Current -240A～340A
Power -2400W～3400W
Rated value
Resistance in series （CV
priority） 0～0.03Ω

Load resistance （CC

priority） 0.006Ω～2Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Setup Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 189

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3903C-10-340
Resistance in series （CV
priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance （CC

priority） 0.001Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series （CV
priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance （CC Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.2+0.008)

priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.2-0.008)
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Read Back Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤65mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤10mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤100ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤100ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Transient Response Voltage ≤10ms
Time
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.002%*I + 0.05%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -245A or 345A
Output protection
OVP 10.5V

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 190

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3903C-10-340
Overpower protection -2448W or 3468W
Remote Sense Com-
pensation Voltage ≤2V

External programming voltage -10V to 10V

current program corresponds to current -340A to 340A (ef-
fective range -240A to 340A)
Current -340A to 340A corresponds to ex-
External analog current monitor ternal monitoring voltage -10V to 10V (ef-
（optional） fective range -240A to 340A)
External programming voltage 0 to 10V
voltage program
Corresponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 10V corresponds to external
voltage monitor
monitoring voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent power 3.7kVA
Max. input current 12.5A
Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Response Time 0.1ms
Parallel Number ≤16
Working Temperature 0～40℃
Storage Temperature -10℃～70℃
IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 191

 Technical Specification

Dimension ( mm) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm

Weight( net) 12.5kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.3 IT-M3905C-10-510
Parameter IT-M3905C-10-510
Voltage 0～10V
Current -360A～510A
Power -3600W～5100W
Rated value
Resistance in series （CV
priority） 0～0.02Ω

Load resistance （CC

priority） 0.003Ω～1Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.1A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in series （CV
priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance （CC

priority） 0.001Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.1A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series （CV
priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance （CC Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.1+0.008)

priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.1-0.008)

Read Back Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS

Accuracy
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 192

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3905C-10-510
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤65mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤10mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load
Voltage ≤50ms
)
Rise Time( full load
Voltage ≤100ms
)
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤100ms
Transient Response Voltage ≤10ms
Time
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage 0.0035%*I + 0.05%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -370A or 520A
Output protection OVP 10.5V
Overpower protection -3672W or 5202W
Remote Sense
Compensation ≤2V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to
current program 10V corresponds to current -510A to 510A
(effective range -360A to 510A)
Current -510A to 510A corresponds to ex-
External analog current monitor ternal monitoring voltage -10V to 10V (ef-
（optional） fective range -360A to 510A)
External programming voltage 0 to 10V
voltage program
Corresponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 10V corresponds to external
voltage monitor
monitoring voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 193

 Technical Specification

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 5.55kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 15kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.4 IT-M3910C-10-1020
Parameter IT-M3910C-10-1020
Voltage 0～10V
Rated value
Current -720A～1020A

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 194

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3910C-10-1020
Power -7200W～10200W
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0～0.02Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.00015Ω～0.5Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.1A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.001Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.1A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series
（CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.1+0.008) Upper

（CC priority） limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.1-0.008)
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤65mVpp
Voltage ripple
Vrms ≤10mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤100ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤100ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤50ms

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 195

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3910C-10-1020
Transient Response
Time
(change from 25% Voltage ≤10ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage 0.0035%*I + 0.05%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -740A or 1040A
OVP 10.5V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -7344W or 10710W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤2V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program sponds to current -1020A to 1020A (effective
range -720A to 1020A)
Current -1020A to 1020A corresponds to external
External analog current monitor monitoring voltage -10V to 10V (effective range
（optional） -720A to 1020A)
External programming voltage 0 to 10V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 10V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

Grid voltage range 3phase 200V～480V

AC Input*1
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 11.0kVA

Max. input current 25Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard Interface Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 196

 Technical Specification

Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤8
Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension ( mm) 767.62mm*483mm*106.9mm
Weight( net) 30kg

*1: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.5 IT-M3902C-32-80
Parameter IT-M3902C-32-80
Voltage 0～32V
Current -80A～80A
Power -2000W～2000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～0.2Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.002Ω～1200Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.001Ω

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 197

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3902C-32-80
Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit：1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit：1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤160mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤30mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 25% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.02% + 0.02%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.02% + 0.02%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -83A or 83A
OVP 33V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -2040W or 2040W

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 198

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3902C-32-80
Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -80A to 80A
Current -80A to 80A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 32V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 32V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 2.25kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard Interface Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 199

 Technical Specification

Dimension ( mm) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm

Weight( net) 10kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.6 IT-M3904C-32-160
Parameter IT-M3904C-32-160
Voltage 0～32V
Current -160A～160A
Power -4000W～4000W
Rated value
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0～0.2Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.006Ω～600Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.001Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series
（CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)

Read Back Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS

Accuracy
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 200

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3904C-32-160
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤80mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤30mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load
Voltage ≤30ms
)
Rise Time( full load
Voltage ≤60ms
)
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.02% + 0.02%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.02% + 0.02%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -165A or 165A
OVP 33V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -4080W or 4080W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -160A to 160A
Current -160A to 160A corresponds to external
current monitor monitoring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 32V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 32V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 201

 Technical Specification

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 4.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard Interface Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 12.5kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.7 IT-M3906C-32-240
Parameter IT-M3906C-32-240
Rated value Voltage 0～32V

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 202

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3906C-32-240
Current -240A～240A
Power -6000W～6000W
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～0.2Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.005Ω～400Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.001Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤80mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤30mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load
Voltage ≤60ms
)
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 203

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3906C-32-240
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 25% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.02% + 0.02%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.02% + 0.02%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -250A or 250A
OVP 33V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -6120W or 6120W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -240A to 240A
Current -240A to 240A corresponds to external
current monitor monitoring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 32V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 32V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 6.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 204

 Technical Specification

Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 15kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.8 IT-M3912C-32-480
Parameter IT-M3912C-32-480
Voltage 0～32V
Current -480A～480A
Power -12000W～12000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～0.2Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.0025Ω～200Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.001Ω

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 205

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3912C-32-480
Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit：1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit：1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)
Voltage ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Read Back Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤80mVpp
Voltage ripple
Vrms ≤30mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% to Voltage ≤1ms
90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.02% + 0.02%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.02% + 0.02%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -500A or 500A
OVP 33V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -12240W or 12240W

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 206

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3912C-32-480
Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -480A to 480A
Current -480A to 480A corresponds to external
current monitor monitoring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 32V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 32V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

Grid voltage range 3phase 200V～480V

AC Input*1
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 13kVA

Max. input current 25Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 207

 Technical Specification

Dimension(D*W*H) 767.62mm*483mm*106.9mm
Weight( net) 30kg

*1: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.9 IT-M3902C-80-40
Parameter IT-M3902C-80-40
Voltage 0～80V
Current -40A～40A
Power -2000W～2000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～0.3Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω～800Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit：1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit：1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)

Read Back Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS

Accuracy
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 208

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3902C-80-40
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤200mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤80mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 25% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -42A or 42A
OVP 82V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -2040W or 2040W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -40A to 40A
Current -40A to 40A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 80V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 80V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 209

 Technical Specification

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 2.25kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 10kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.10 IT-M3904C-80-80
Parameter IT-M3904C-80-80
Voltage 0～80V
Rated value
Current -80A～80A

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 210

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3904C-80-80
Power -4000W～4000W
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0～0.3Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.015Ω～1200Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series
（CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤200mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤80mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 211

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3904C-80-80
Transient Response
Time
(change from 25% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -84A or 84A
OVP 82V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -4080W or 4080W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -80A to 80A
Current -80A to 80A corresponds to external mon-
current monitor itoring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 80V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 80V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 4.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard Interface Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 212

 Technical Specification

Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 12.5kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.11 IT-M3902C-85-40SAS
Parameter IT-M3902C-85-40SAS
Voltage 0～85V
Current -40A～40A
Power -2000W～2000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～0.3Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.03Ω～2400Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 213

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3902C-85-40SAS
Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)
V-I curve resolution 1024
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤200mVpp
Voltage ripple
Vrms ≤60mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -42A or 42A
Output protection
OVP 86V

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 214

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3902C-85-40SAS
Overpower
protection -2040W or 2040W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage 0V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -40A to 40A
Current -40A to 40A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage 0V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 85V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 85V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*1 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 2.25kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog/RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 215

 Technical Specification

Cooling Air
Dimension ( mm) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 10kg

*1: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.12 IT-M3904C-85-80SAS
Parameter IT-M3904C-85-80SAS
Voltage 0～85V
Current -80A～80A
Power -4000W～4000W
Rated value
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0～0.3Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.015Ω～1200Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series
（CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)
V-I curve resolution 1024

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 216

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3904C-85-80SAS
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤200mVpp
Voltage ripple
Vrms ≤60mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% to Voltage ≤1ms
90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -84A or 84A
OVP 86V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -4160W or 4160W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage 0V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -80A to 80A
Current -80A to 80A corresponds to external mon-
current monitor itoring voltage 0V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 85V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 85V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 217

 Technical Specification

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*1 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 4.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog/RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension ( mm) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 12.5kg

*1: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 218

 Technical Specification

6.1.13 IT-M3906C-85-120SAS
Parameter IT-M3906C-85-120SAS
Voltage 0～85V
Current -120A～120A
Power -6000W～6000W
Rated value
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0～0.3Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω～800Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series
（CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)
V-I curve resolution 1024
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤200mVpp
Voltage ripple
Vrms ≤60mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Read Back Temper- Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
ature Coefficient

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 219

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3906C-85-120SAS
Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -125A or 125A
OVP 86V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -6120W or 6120W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -120A to 120A
Current -120A to 120A corresponds to external
current monitor monitoring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 85V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 85V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*1 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 6.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 220

 Technical Specification

Max. efficiency 92%

Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog/RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension ( mm) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 15kg

*1: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.14 IT-M3901C-150-25PV
Parameter IT-M3901C-150-25PV
Voltage 0～150V
Current -25A～25A
Power -1500W～1500W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～0.5Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.04Ω～1500Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Setup Resolution
Current 0.001A

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 221

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3901C-150-25PV
Power 1W
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Setup Accuracy Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)
V-I curve resolution 1024
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤360mVpp
Voltage ripple
Vrms ≤50mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 222

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3901C-150-25PV
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -26A or 26A
OVP 160V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -1530W or 1530W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage 0V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -25A to 25A
Current -25A to 25A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage 0V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 150V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 150V corresponds to external moni-
voltage monitor
toring voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*1 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 1.65kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog/RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 223

 Technical Specification

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 1600Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension ( mm) 660mm*437mm*43.5mm
Weight( net) 10kg

*1: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.15 IT-M3903C-150-50PV
Parameter IT-M3903C-150-50PV
Voltage 0～150V
Current -50A～50A
Power -3000W～3000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～0.5Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.02Ω～1500Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Setup Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 224

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3903C-150-50PV
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit：1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit：1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)
V-I curve resolution 1024
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤360mVpp
Voltage ripple
Vrms ≤50mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤50ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -52A or 52A
OVP 160V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -3060W or 3060W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External analog External programming voltage 0V to 10V corre-
current program
（optional） sponds to current -50A to 50A

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 225

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3903C-150-50PV
Current -50A to 50A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage 0V to 10V
External programming voltage 0 to 150V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 150V corresponds to external moni-
voltage monitor
toring voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*1 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 3.3kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog/RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 1600Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension ( mm) 660mm*437mm*43.5mm
Weight( net) 12.5kg

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 226

 Technical Specification

*1: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.16 IT-M3906C-80-120
Parameter IT-M3906C-80-120
Voltage 0～80V
Current -120A～120A
Power -6000W～6000W
Rated value
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0～0.3Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω～800Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series
（CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤200mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤80mV

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 227

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3906C-80-120
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load
Voltage ≤15ms
)
Rise Time( full load
Voltage ≤30ms
)
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 25% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -125A or 125A
OVP 82V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -6120W or 6120W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -120A to 120A
Current -120A to 120A corresponds to external
current monitor monitoring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 80V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 80V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

AC Input*2 Grid voltage range 3phase 200V～480V

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 228

 Technical Specification

Single phase 100V～240V

Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 6.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 15kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.17 IT-M3912C-80-240
Parameter IT-M3912C-80-240
Voltage 0～80V
Rated value Current -240A～240A
Power -12000W～12000W

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 229

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3912C-80-240
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0～0.3Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.005Ω～400Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.001V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series
（CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0005)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0005)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤200mVpp
Voltage ripple
Vrms ≤80mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response Voltage ≤1ms
Time
Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 230
 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3912C-80-240
(change from 25%
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -250A or 250A
OVP 82V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -12240W or 12240W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -240A to 240A
Current -240A to 240A corresponds to external
current monitor monitoring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 80V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 80V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

Grid voltage range 3phase 200V～480V

AC Input*1
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 13kVA

Max. input current 25Aac

Max. efficiency 92%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 231

 Technical Specification

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 300Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 767.62mm*483mm*106.9mm
Weight( net) 30kg

*1: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.18 IT-M3902C-300-20
Parameter IT-M3902C-300-20
Voltage 0～300V
Current -20A～20A
Power -2000W～2000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.09Ω～9000Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 232

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3902C-300-20
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit：1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)

（CC priority） Upper limit：1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤900mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤120mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% to Voltage ≤1ms
90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -21A or 21A
OVP 303V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -2040W or 2040W

Remote Sense Com-

pensation Voltage ≤5V

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 233

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3902C-300-20
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -20A to 20A
Current -20A to 20A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 300V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 300V corresponds to external moni-
voltage monitor
toring voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent power 2.25kVA
Max. input current 12.5Aac
Max. efficiency 94.5%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Response
0.1ms
Time
Parallel Number ≤16
Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 800Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 10kg

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 234

 Technical Specification

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.19 IT-M3904C-300-40
Parameter IT-M3904C-300-40
Voltage 0～300V
Current -40A～40A
Power -4000W～4000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.065Ω～4500Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit：1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)

（CC priority） Upper limit：1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤600mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤90mV

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 235

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3904C-300-40
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% to Voltage ≤1ms
90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -42A or 42A
OVP 303V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -4080W or 4080W

Remote Sense Com-

pensation Voltage ≤5V

External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-

current program
sponds to current -40A to 40A
Current -40A to 40A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 300V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 300V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 236

 Technical Specification

Max. apparent power 4.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac
Max. efficiency 94.5%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Response
0.1ms
Time
Parallel Number ≤16
Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 800Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 12.5kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.20 IT-M3906C-300-60
Parameter IT-M3906C-300-60
Voltage 0～300V
Current -60A～60A
Power -6000W～6000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.05Ω～3000Ω

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 237

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3906C-300-60
Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤300mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤60mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 25% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Line Regulation Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 238

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3906C-300-60
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -63A or 63A
OVP 303V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -6120W or 6120W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -60A to 60A
Current -60A to 60A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 300V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 300V corresponds to external moni-
voltage monitor
toring voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 6.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 94.5%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 239

 Technical Specification

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 800Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 15kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.21 IT-M3912C-300-120
Parameter IT-M3912C-300-120
Voltage 0～300V
Current -120A～120A
Power -12000W～12000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.1Ω～1500Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.001Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Setup Accuracy
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 240

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3912C-300-120
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤300mVpp
Voltage ripple
Vrms ≤100mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -126A or 126A
OVP 303V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -12240W or 12240W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External analog External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
（optional） sponds to current -120A to 120A

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 241

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3912C-300-120
Current -120A to 120A corresponds to external
current monitor monitoring voltage -10V to 10V
External programming voltage 0 to 300V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 300V corresponds to external moni-
voltage monitor
toring voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

Grid voltage range 3phase 200V～480V

AC Input*1
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 13kVA

Max. input current 25Aac

Max. efficiency 94.5%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 800Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 767.62mm*483mm*106.9mm
Weight( net) 30kg

*1: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 242

 Technical Specification

6.1.22 IT-M3902C-500-12
Parameter IT-M3902C-500-12
Voltage 0～500V
Current -12A～12A
Power -2000W～2000W
Rated value
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.3Ω～15000Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0.01Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series
（CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤1500mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤180mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 243

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3902C-500-12
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -12.5A or 12.5A
OVP 505V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -2040W or 2040W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -12A to 12A
Current -12A to 12A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 500V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 500V corresponds to external moni-
voltage monitor
toring voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent power 2.25kVA
Max. input current 12.5Aac
Max. efficiency 94.5%

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 244

 Technical Specification

Power Factor 0.99

DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Response
0.1ms
Time
Parallel Number ≤16
Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 1600Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 10kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.23 IT-M3904C-500-24
Parameter IT-M3904C-500-24
Voltage 0～500V
Current -24A～24A
Power -4000W～4000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.15Ω～7500Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Setup Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 245

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3904C-500-24
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.01Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤1000mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤135mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 25% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 246

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3904C-500-24
OCP -24.6A or 24.6A
OVP 505V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -4080W or 4080W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -24A to 24A
Current -24A to 24A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 500V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 500V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 6.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 94.5%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 247

 Technical Specification

Isolation DC to GND 1600Vdc

Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension ( mm) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 15kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.24 IT-M3906C-500-36
Parameter IT-M3906C-500-36
Voltage 0～500V
Current -36A～36A
Power -6000W～6000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.1Ω～5000Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.01Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Setup Accuracy Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 248

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3906C-500-36
Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)
（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤500mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤90mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% to Voltage ≤1ms
90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -37A or 37A
OVP 505V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -6120W or 6120W

Remote Sense Com-

pensation Voltage ≤5V

External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-

current program
sponds to current -36A to 36A
External analog Current -36A to 36A corresponds to external moni-
（optional） current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External programming voltage 0 to 500V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 249

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3906C-500-36
Voltage 0 to 500V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 6.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 94.5%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 1600Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 15kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 250

 Technical Specification

6.1.25 IT-M3912C-500-72
Parameter IT-M3912C-500-72
Voltage 0～500V
Current -72A～72A
Power -12000W～12000W
Rated value
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.05Ω～2500Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0.01Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.01A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series
（CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤500mVpp
Voltage ripple
Vrms ≤90mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 251

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3912C-500-72
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% to Voltage ≤1ms
90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -74A or 74A
OVP 505V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -12240W or 12240W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤5V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -72A to 72A
Current -72A to 72A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 500V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 500V corresponds to external moni-
voltage monitor
toring voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

Grid voltage range 3phase 200V～480V

AC Input*1
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 13kVA

Max. input current 25Aac

Max. efficiency 94.5%
Power Factor 0.99

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 252

 Technical Specification

DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 1600Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension(D*W*H) 767.62mm*483mm*106.9mm
Weight( net) 30kg

*1: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.26 IT-M3902C-800-8
Parameter IT-M3902C-800-8
Voltage 0～800V
Current -8A～8A
Power -2000W～2000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.45Ω～22500Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.001A
Setup Resolution Power 1W
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.01Ω

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 253

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3902C-800-8
Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤2400mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤240mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
Output protection OCP -8.5A or 8.5A

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 254

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3902C-800-8
OVP 808V
Overpower
protection -2040W or 2040W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤8V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -8A to 8A
Current -8A to 8A corresponds to external monitor-
current monitor ing voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 800V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 800V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 2.25kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 94.5%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 1600Vdc

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 255

 Technical Specification

Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc

Cooling Air
Dimension
744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
（D*W*H）
Weight( net) 10kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.27 IT-M3904C-800-16
Parameter IT-M3904C-800-16
Voltage 0～800V
Current -16A～16A
Power -4000W～4000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.22Ω～11250Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.01Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Setup Accuracy Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 256

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3904C-800-16
Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)
（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤1600mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤200mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 25% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -16.8A or 16.8A
OVP 808V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -4080W or 4080W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤8V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -16A to 16A
External analog Current -16A to 16A corresponds to external moni-
（optional） current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External programming voltage 0 to 800V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 257

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3904C-800-16
Voltage 0 to 800V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 4.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 94.5%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to
1600Vdc
GND
Isolation AC to
3500Vdc
GND
Cooling Air
Dimension ( mm) 744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
Weight( net) 12.5kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 258

 Technical Specification

6.1.28 IT-M3906C-800-24
Parameter IT-M3906C-800-24
Voltage 0～800V
Current -24A～24A
Power -6000W～6000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.15Ω～7500Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.01Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤1000mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤160mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 259

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3906C-800-24
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 25% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -25A or 25A
OVP 808V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -6120W or 6120W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤8V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -24A to 24A
Current -24A to 24A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 800V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 800V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 6.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 94.5%

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 260

 Technical Specification

Power Factor 0.99

DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 1600Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension
744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
（D*W*H）
Weight( net) 15kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.29 IT-M3912C-800-48
Parameter IT-M3912C-800-48
Voltage 0～800V
Current 0A～48A
Power 0W～12000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.08Ω～3750Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Setup Resolution
Current 0.001A

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 261

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3912C-800-48
Power 1W
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.01Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤1000mVpp
Voltage ripple
Vrms ≤160mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 25% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Load Regulation Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 262

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3912C-800-48
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -50A or 50A
OVP 808V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -12240W or 12240W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤8V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -48A to 48A
Current -48A to 48A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 800V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 800V corresponds to external monitor-
voltage monitor
ing voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

Grid voltage range 3phase 200V～480V

AC Input*1
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 13kVA

Max. input current 25Aac

Max. efficiency 94.5%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 263

 Technical Specification

Isolation DC to GND 1600Vdc

Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension ( mm) 767.62mm*483mm*106.9mm
Weight( net) 30kg

*1: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

6.1.30 IT-M3906C-1500-12
Parameter IT-M3906C-1500-12
Voltage 0～1500V
Current -12A～12A
Power -6000W～6000W
Rated value
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.5Ω～7500Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） 0.01Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Setup Accuracy Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Resistance in ser-
ies （CV priority） ≤1%FS

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 264

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3906C-1500-12
Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)
（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤1500mVpp
Voltage ripple*1
Vrms ≤150mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load ) Voltage ≤60ms
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -12.5A or 12.5A
OVP 1515V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -6120W or 6120W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤15V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -12A to 12A
External analog Current -12A to 12A corresponds to external moni-
（optional） current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External programming voltage 0 to 1500V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 265

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3906C-1500-12
Voltage 0 to 1500V corresponds to external moni-
voltage monitor
toring voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

3phase 200V～480V
Grid voltage range
AC Input*2 Single phase 100V～240V
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent
power 6.5kVA

Max. input current 12.5Aac

Max. efficiency 94.5%
Power Factor 0.99
DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Re-
sponse Time 0.1ms

Parallel Number ≤16

Working
Temperature 0～40℃

Storage
Temperature -10℃～70℃

IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 1800Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension
744.22mm*459mm*56.81mm
（D*W*H）
Weight( net) 15kg

*1: The ripple is got under three-phase AC input.

*2: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 266

 Technical Specification

6.1.31 IT-M3912C-1500-24
Parameter IT-M3912C-1500-24
Voltage 0～1500V
Current -24A～24A
Power -12000W～12000W
Rated value
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0～1Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.25Ω～3750Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Setup Resolution
Resistance in series
（CV priority） 0.01Ω

Load resistance
（CC priority） 0.01Ω

Voltage 0.01V
Read Back
Resolution Current 0.001A
Power 1W
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Setup Accuracy
Resistance in series
（CV priority） ≤1%FS

Load resistance Lower limit: 1/(1/Rset+(1/Rset)*0.05+0.0001)

（CC priority） Upper limit: 1/(1/Rset-(1/Rset)*0.05-0.0001)
Voltage ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Read Back
Accuracy Current ≤0.1% + 0.1%FS
Power ≤0.5% + 0.5%FS
Vp-p ≤1500mVpp
Voltage ripple
Vrms ≤150mV
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Setup Temperature
Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃
Voltage ≤30ppm/℃
Read Back Temper-
ature Coefficient Current ≤50ppm/℃

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 267

 Technical Specification

Parameter IT-M3912C-1500-24
Rise Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Rise Time( full load
Voltage ≤60ms
)
Fall Time( no load ) Voltage ≤30ms
Fall Time( full load ) Voltage ≤15ms
Transient Response
Time
(change from 20% Voltage ≤1ms
to 90% of rated
current)
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Line Regulation
Current ≤0.03% + 0.03%FS
Voltage ≤0.01% + 0.01%FS
Load Regulation
Current ≤0.05% + 0.05%FS
OCP -25A or 25A
OVP 1515V
Output protection
Overpower
protection -12240W or 12240W

Remote Sense
Compensation ≤15V
Voltage
External programming voltage -10V to 10V corre-
current program
sponds to current -24A to 24A
Current -24A to 24A corresponds to external moni-
current monitor toring voltage -10V to 10V
External analog
（optional） External programming voltage 0 to 1500V Corre-
voltage program
sponding voltage 0 to 10V
Voltage 0 to 1500V corresponds to external moni-
voltage monitor
toring voltage 0 to 10V

Other parameters:

Grid voltage range 3phase 200V～480V

AC Input*1
Frequency 50/60Hz
Max. apparent power 13kVA
Max. input current 25Aac
Max. efficiency 94.5%
Power Factor 0.99

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 268

 Technical Specification

DC component ≤0.2A
Current harmonics ≤3%
Standard: USB/LAN/CAN/IO
Standard Interface Optional: GPIB/Analog&RS232
Command Response Time 0.1ms
Parallel Number ≤16
Working Temperature 0～40℃
Storage Temperature -10℃～70℃
IP IP20
Isolation DC to GND 1800Vdc
Isolation AC to GND 3500Vdc
Cooling Air
Dimension ( mm) 660mm*437mm*87mm
Weight( net) 30kg

*1: At low voltage input, the set power will decrease. For more information,
please contact ITECH.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 269

 Technical Specification

6.32 Supplemental Characteristics

State storage capacity: 10 sets

Recommended calibration frequency: once a year

Cooling style: fans

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 270

 Routine Maintenance

7 Routine Maintenance
This chapter describes the general maintenance items and maintenance meth-
ods of the device.

♦ Instrument Self-Test
♦ Cleaning and Maintenance
♦ Contact of ITECH Engineers
♦ Return for Repair

7.1 Instrument Self-Test

Self-test checks that the minimum set of logic and power mesh systems are
functioning properly. Self-test does not enable the output or place any voltages
on the output. Self-test can be achieved in two ways:

• Re-start the instrument. Each time the instrument is powered on, the self-
test is performed. This test assumes that the instrument is running.

• SCPI command: *TST?. If the return value is 0, the self-test passes; if it is 1,

the self-test fails. If the self-test fails, please send command SYSTem:ER-
Ror? to view the self-test error. Please refer to Programming Guide for the
list of error codes.

Ensure that all test cables connections are removed when self-test is per-
formed. During self-test, errors may be induced by signals present on ex-
ternal wiring, such as long test leads that can act as antennae.

7.2 Cleaning and Maintenance

To ensure the safety function and performance of the instrument, please clean
and maintain the instrument properly.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 271

 Routine Maintenance

• To prevent electrical shock, disconnect the instrument from AC

mains power and disconnect all test leads before cleaning.
• Do not use detergent or solvents.
• Do not disassemble the instrument and attempt to clean internally.

Clean the outside and the front panel screen of the instrument using a soft, lint-
free, cloth slightly dampened with water. Use a brush to clean the dust on the
vent and cooling fans.

7.3 Contact of ITECH Engineers

This section describes operations to be carried out by the user in case of failure
of the instrument.

Preparation before contact

When the instrument fails, you should make the following preparations before
returning the instrument to ITECH for repair or contacting engineers.
• Check all the items listed in the Self-inspection of equipment faults and con-
firm whether there are still some problems.
• Collect the SN of the instrument.
For details, see Collect the SN number.

If there are still some problems, carefully read the Warranty and Limitation of
Warranty in the preface of the manual. Confirm that your instrument complies
with warranty service conditions. If after your warranty expires, ITECH offers re-
pair services at competitive prices.

Self-inspection of equipment faults

When the instrument fails, make the following checks to ensure that the failure
is in the instrument rather than any external connections. If the instrument fail-
ure can be eliminated via simple inspection, the maintenance cost and time can
be saved.
• Check whether the AC power cord is securely connected to the instrument
and to a AC distribution panel.
• Check whether the front-panel Power On switch has been turned on.
• Check whether self-inspection of the instrument is successful and whether
the specifications and performance are within the indicator ranges.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 272

 Routine Maintenance

• Check whether the instrument displays error information.

• Use other instruments instead of this instrument for confirmation.

Collect the SN number

ITECH will constantly improve the product performance, availability and reliabil-
ity. The service personnel of ITECH will record changes of each instrument. All
relevant information is marked uniquely according to the serial number of each
instrument. The equipment returned for repair must adopt the SN number as the
tracking ID.

When you contact the engineer, the effective SN number of the instrument will
be the effective guarantee for effective service and complete information. You
can obtain the SN number of the instrument by the following ways:

• Enter the System menu to obtain the SN.

1. Press the composite keys [Shift]+[P-set] (System) on the front panel to

enter the system menu.

2. Rotate the knob to select System Info and press [Enter] key.

3. Rotate the knob to view the SN number.

Please record the SN number and provide SN information when doing

maintenance service.

• View the barcode on the back panel of the instrument.

How to contact ITECH engineers

Access ITECH official website www.itechate.com or call the service number

4006-025-000 for technical support and services.

7.4 Return for Repair

If your instrument fails during the warranty period, ITECH will repair or replace it
under the terms of your warranty. After your warranty expires, ITECH offers re-
pair services at competitive prices. Also you can purchase an extended mainte-
nance service contract that exceeds the standard warranty period.

Get Repair Service

To get the service for your instrument, choose the easiest way to contact the
ITECH engineers. ITECH will arrange for repair or replacement of your instru-
ment or provide warranty and repair cost information (if applicable).

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 273

 Routine Maintenance
Repackaging for Shipment

Never use styrene pellets in any shape as packaging materials.

They do not adequately cushion the instrument or prevent it from
shifting in the carton. Styrene pellets cause the instrument dam-
age by generating static electricity and by lodging in the rear
panel.

ITECH recommends that you retain the original shipping carton for return ship-
ments and always insure shipments. To ship the unit to ITECH for service or
repair:
1. Download the ITECH maintenance service application from our website,
complete it and place it in the box with the instrument.
2. Place the unit in its original container with appropriate packaging material.
If the original shipping container is unavailable, use a container that will en-
sure at least 10 cm (4 in.) of compressible packaging material around the en-
tire instrument. Use static-free packaging materials.
3. Secure the container with strong tape or metal bands.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 274

 Appendix

A Appendix
♦ Specifications of Red and Black Test Cables
♦ Troubleshooting
♦ Fuse Replacement

A.1 Specifications of Red and Black Test Cables

ITECH provides you with optional red and black test cables, which are sold indi-
vidually and you can select for test. For specifications of ITECH test cables and
maximum current values, refer to the table below.

Model Specifica- Length Description

tion

A pair of red and black test ca-

bles with an alligator clip at one
IT-E30110-AB 10A 1m
end and a banana plug at the
other end

A pair of red and black test ca-

IT-E30110-BB 10A 1m bles with banana plugs at both
ends

A pair of red and black test ca-

bles with a banana plug at one
IT-E30110-BY 10A 1m
end and a Y-terminal at the other
end

A pair of red and black test ca-

IT-E30312-YY 30A 1.2m bles with Y-terminals at both
ends

A pair of red and black test ca-

IT-E30320-YY 30A 2m bles with Y-terminals at both
ends

A pair of red and black test ca-

IT-E30615-OO 60A 1.5m bles with round terminals at both
ends

A pair of red and black test ca-

IT-E31220-OO 120A 2m bles with round terminals at both
ends

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 275

 Appendix

Model Specifica- Length Description

tion

A pair of red and black test ca-

IT-E32410-OO 240A 1m bles with round terminals at both
ends

A pair of red and black test ca-

IT-E32420-OO 240A 2m bles with round terminals at both
ends

A pair of red and black test ca-

IT-E33620-OO 360A 2m bles with round terminals at both
ends

For maximum current of AWG copper wire, refer to table below.

AWG 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28

The
Maxi-
mum 60 40 30 20 13 10 7 5 3.5 2.5 1.7
Current
Value (A)

• AWG (American Wire Gage), it means X wire (marked on the wire). The table
above lists current capacity of single wire at working temperature of 30°C. For
reference only.

• Along with temperature, you must also consider voltage drop when selecting
wire sizes.
Although the instrument will compensate for the voltage in the wires, it is recom-
mended to minimize the voltage drop as much as possible to prevent excessive
power consumption from the instrument and poor dynamic response to load
changes. Larger diameter wire sizes will help minimize wire voltage drops.
Twisting or bundling wires will help reduce transient voltage drops.

A.2 Troubleshooting
The fault information of this series of instruments is described below.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 276

 Appendix

Term or abbreviation Description How to do

MODULE CHECK FAIL Module detection failed Re-check after

power-off restart. If
ECP Current equalization
it still fails to check,
protection
please contact
HARDWARE FAIL Hardware fault ITECH authorized
dealer or ITECH
technical support.

INH LATCH Disable output, turn off the For details, see
output. 5.11.5 IO–5. INH-
Living, Not-Invert.
INH LIVING Disable output, turn on the
output.

UVP PROT Undervoltage protection For details, see 4.5

Protection Function
OVP PROT Overvoltage protection
for Power Supply.
OCP PROT Overcurrent protection

OPP PROT Over power protection

UCP PROT Undercurrent protection

OTP PROT Over temperature protection

SENSE PROT Sense abnormal protection

SRVS PROT Sense reverse protection Reconnect the test

cables.
ORVS PROT Output reverse connection
protection

FIBER MULTI MASTER Multi-master conflict When multiple mas-

ter unit are con-
nected in parallel,
multiple Masters
are set in System
menus. Just set 1
Master, and the oth-
er units are Slave.

FIBER EXT UNLOCK The outer ring of the fiber is Fiber multi-master
not locked. parallel: set the par-
allel in the System
menu in turn. For
details, see 5.10

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 277

 Appendix

Set Parallel Opera-

tion Mode (Parallel).

FIBER INNER UNLOCK The inner ring of the fiber is Please contact
not locked. ITECH authorized
dealer or ITECH
technical support.

Fiber Locking / Optical fiber parallel error, Please contact

Networking parallel networking failure ITECH authorized
dealer or ITECH
technical support.

POWER FAIL Power down Power on again

CURR SHARE FAIL Current output Check the specifi-

unequalization cations of the DUT
and reconnect the
CAP OCP Capacitor overcurrent
DUT. If the fault still
occurs, please con-
tact ITECH author-
ized dealer or
ITECH technical
support.

A.3 Fuse Replacement

Different models of our company product are supplied with different fuse assem-
bly. The way to replace the fuse changes accordingly. The common ways are
as follows. Please choose the corresponding way of disassembly and replace-
ment based on the fuse assembly of the actual instrument.

If there are no fuse assembly on the instrument rear panel, it means that you
can’t replace the fuse by yourself. Please contact the ITECH engineer on the
condition of the same malfunction.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 278

 Appendix

The type of the fuse The way to replace

1. Use a screwdriver to push and turn the

fuse box anti-clockwise. When turned to 90
degrees, release the screwdriver. Refer to
the picture below.

2. The fuse box will bounce up, then you can

see the fuse in it. Take out the blown fuse.
3. Please replace with a fuse of the same
specification. Refer to the technical specifi-
cation of the corresponding instrument.
4. When install, put into the fuse box as the
picture below. Then use a screwdriver to
push and turn the fuse box to 90 degrees
clockwise. Refer to the picture below.

The power cord jack of the instrument includes

the fuse. Please refer to the rear panel intro-
duction of the corresponding instrument for
the detailed position. The replacement steps
for this type of the fuse are as follows.
1. First pull out the power cord, and then take
out the fuse block from the power cord jack
with a small screwdriver, as shown below.

2. Have a visual inspection of the fuse to see

whether it is burnt out; if yes, replace it with
another fuse of the same specification. Re-
fer to the corresponding technical specifi-
cations for fuse rating.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 279

 Appendix

The type of the fuse The way to replace

3. After replacement, mount the fuse block to
the original position, as illustrated below.

1. Push and turn the fuse box anti-clockwise

by hand. When turned to 90 degrees, re-
lease the screwdriver.
2. The fuse box will bounce up, then you can
see the fuse in it. Take out the blown fuse.
3. Please replace with a fuse of the same
specification. Refer to the technical specifi-
cation of the corresponding instrument.
4. When install, put into the fuse box firstly.
Then Push and turn the fuse box to 90 de-
grees clockwise.

Copyright © Itech Electronic Co., Ltd. 280

Facebook LinkedIn YouTube